The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2456 TOWN GARDEN RD; ; FPC2017-0261; Permit'I. I A931_~; A4RME Print Date: 10/05/2022 Permit No: FPC2017-0261 Job Address: 2456 TOWN GARDEN RD, CARLSBAD, CA 92009-1742 Status: Closed - Finaled Permit Type: FIRE-Construction Commercial Work Class: Fire Sprinklers Parcel #: 2132600200 Track #: Applied: 09/05/2017 Valuation: $11,944,963.24 Lot #: Issued: 10/02/2017 Occupancy Group: Project #: DEV2016-0015 Finaled Close Out: 04/15/2021 #of Dwelling Units: Plan #: Bedrooms: Construction Type: Final Inspection: Bathrooms: Orig. Plan Check #: INSPECTOR: Fieri, Dominic Plan Check #: Wong, Cindy Project Title: VIASAT BRESSI RANCH CAMPUS Description: VIASAT PARKING STRUCTURE #1 SPRINKLER NFPA 13 >100 WITH 2 ADDITIONAL RISERS FIRE PUMP 209,524 SF 1/4 TIER Applicant: FPContractor: WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC WESTERN FIRE PROTECTION INC MARIO MACK 13630 DANIELSON ST 13630 DANIELSON ST P0 WAY, CA 92064-6830 POWAY, CA 92064-6830 (858) 513-4949 (858) 513-4949 FEE AMOUNT FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $230.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $832.00 FIRE NFPA 13 System > 100 heads (includes 1 riser) $230.00 FIRE PUMP (first pump) $766.00 Total Fees: $2,058.00 Total Payments To Date: $2,058.00 Balance Due: $0.00 Fire Department Page 1 of 1 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 1 760-602-4665 1 760-602-8561 1 I www.carlsbadca.gov - - - - Western Fire Protection Inc. Material & Calculation Submittal ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-i 2456 Town Garden Rd. Carlsbad, CA 92009 Job# C-3455 FPC20I 7-0261 2456 TOWN GARDEN RD 13630 Danielson Street • Poway, CA 92064 • Phone: (858) 513-4949 9 Fax: (858) 513-1322 No. 114 0 CARLSBAD FIRE DEPARTMENT Fire Prevention Division 1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008 760.602.4665 WATER AVAILABILITY FORM SECTION A: TO BE COMPLETED BY CUSTOMER PROJECT NAME: ViaSat Bressi Parking Structure P1 SR#: (Assigned upon plan submittal) PROJECT ADDRESS: 2456 Town Garden Road CITY: Carlsbad PHONE: ( 858 ) 513-4949 x1311 FAX NUMBER: (858) 513-1322 Largest Building (ft.2): 54,366 Sprinkled? Yes Construction Type: I-B SECTION B: TO BE COMPLETED BY LOCAL WATER COMPANY. CUSTOMER TO PROVIDE RESULTS TO CFD. Water Purveyor: City of Carlsbad Location of test (reference map required): TownCenterRoadwestof AlicanteRoad TEST INFORMATION ISVALID FOR 6 MONTHS FROM DATE PERFORMED Flow Test Results Static pressure: 115 PSI Hydrant Number (if applicable): H20158 Elevation of test: 285 Feet Date/Time of Test': Pitot Tube Reading: PSI Corresponding Flow: GPM Total Flow: 6,750 GPM Residual Pressure97 PSI At peak demand, this water system is capable of providing a fire flow discharge at 20 psi in excess of 8,000 gpm. However, this exceeds the District's criteria of no more than 10 fps in pipelines. Therefore, the maximum allowable fire flow based on District criteria is 6,750 gpm. Test to be performed as close as possible to the time the most conservative flows and pressures are expected. Note: If the water availability information was obtained in a manner other than a flow test (i.e. computer modeling), fill out the information above as applicable and check here: x I have witnessed and/or reviewed this water flow information and by personal knowledge and/or on-site observation certify that the above information is correct. Name:Jennifer R. Mael, P.E. Eng. Lic. No. (if applicable):C69606 Date: 7/11/2017 I I U U I I I I I I I I I I III I I I a 112 I I a I I a IT G TEWAYRD 12 Bo IU DISCOVERY RU -S' 12 12 INGLE I_I TONAV 8 Fire Flow Test Location - H20158 L a a I 0 12 TOWN GARDEN 12 a a IN ARI _ 'IDELAV b 81 1 Legend 12 a w_Hydrant Pipe N DOGLODL ZONE __________________ -550 + - 375 2456 Town Garden Road - Fire Flow Analysis - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. - - SEE NOTE 4 [445] [337] - C 17.50 13.25 FO.50[13] I .OU MO I [244] SEE NOTE 4 0 0 - HD ±25(6) I HG 1.00 [25] DIA I 3.25 [83] I_ - ___ -1 FOR MOUNTING BOLT t I 6-PLACES HF1 _____ HF - 6.00 HB [1521 MOTOR C MO HB HF HF1 HD HG FRAME 254 23.30 [592] 7.10 54.00 42.00 21.00 21.25 4.0 256 25.00 [635] [181] [1372] [1067] [534] [540] [102] 284 24.80 [630] 7.80 286 26.30 [669] [199] 324 28.20 [717] 8.60 326 29.70[755] [219] 364 30.00 [762] 9.20 60.00 48.00 24.00 365 31.00[788] [234] [15241 [1220] [610] I I I I I I I I I I A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS FP 2.1 ITT Dimensions - Horizontal Electric Page 311 Motor Driven Fire Pumps March 08 I Supersedes all previous issues (H)8x6x12F - 8100 SERIES I- 14.00 T 14.00- (3561 [3561 .50 NPT DISCHARGE 2 --- -- (VENT) 9.00 9.00 6" [229] [229] 8" -1- SUCTION I U '- .25 NPT 1.00 NPT NOZZLES BOTH NOZZLES (GAUGE) (DRAIN) .50 NPT 1.00 [25] 75 9.75 BOTH STUFFBOX )REF) [248] [248] I (DRAIN) 21.50 - [546] CW ROTATION VIEWED FROM COUPLING END .50 NPT 1400-)--- 14.001 [356] (VENT) 61 9.00 9.00 8" [229] [229] 6" SUCTION - DISCHARGE .25 NPT -' U BOTH NOZZLES (GAUGE) // 1.00 NPT BOTH NOZZLES (DRAIN) .50 NPT BOTH STUFFBOX Lr~481 5 L 1.00[25] )DRAIN) [248] I (REF) 21.50 -I [546] CCW ROTATION VIEWED FROM COUPLING END NOTES: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INCHES [mm]. SUCTION AND DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS ARE DRILLED PER 125# ANSI B16.1. PUMPS WITH H" PREFIX HAVE DISCHARGE CONNECTION DRILLED PER 250# ANSI B16.1. FLANGE HOLES STRADDLE CENTERLINE. BASE PLATE SETTING (BEFORE PIPING), GROUTING PROCEDURES, AND FINAL ALIGNMENT MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITT AC FIRE PUMPS SYSTEMS RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PUMP TYPE. MOTOR DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE FOR A GIVEN NEMA FRAME. CONSULT FACTORY IF SPACE IS LIMITED. BOTH SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPES MUST BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY NEAR THE PUMP TO REDUCE STRAIN ON THE PUMP CASING. ALSO EXPANSION JOINTS, IF USED, MUST NOT EXERT FORCE ON CASING. COUPLING GUARD MEETS ANSI/OSHA REQUIREMENTS. CONSULT FACTORY FOR BASE MOUNTED CONTROLLER. NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED CERTIFIED FOR: UL FM ULC APPROVAL zj Ki [II CUSTOMER ORDER NO.: TAG NO. FLANGES PUMP DATA SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD ROTATION SUCTION DISCH. H8X6x12F- 8100 A-7524-6 1000 60 PSI 8" 125# 6" 250# MOTOR DATA HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE 50 1765 460 3 60 326 ODP SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE: FLA = 65 LRA = 362 I I I I I I / FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS A-C Fire Pump Systems FP 2.0 Performance Curves Motor and Engine Driven ITT Industries 1000 GPM July 1999 Sunersedes all Drevious issues I CURVE A-7524-6 I PUMP 8x6x12F-S 8100 I SPEED 1765 RPM I - I IMP. NO. P-3271 -1 MAX. DlA. 12.8" MAX. SPHERE 0.72" NO. OF VANES 5 MIN. DIA. 10.8" INLET AREA 27.0 2 10 SPECIFY H8x6x12F-S WHEN WORKING PRESSURE EXCEEDS 225 PSI. Rated 150% of Rated I] 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 FLOW IN GPM Curves show performance with clear water at 85°F. If specific gravity is other than 1.0, BHP must be corr - - - - - - - - —. - - - - - - - - - - I I I rairetrol 0 Mark Ilxg Electric Fire Pump 50 HP 460V3Ph60Hz Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Product Description Description - Firetrol® FTA1 000 Full Voltage Fire Pump Controllers are intended for use with electric motor driven fire pumps where the capacity of the power source permits full voltage starting. Full voltage is ap- plied to the motor as soon as the controller is actuated. The controller monitors, displays and records fire pump system information. Full voltage starting is simple and low cost and is pre- ferred whenever the utility or emergency generator set will permit this type of starting. Approvals - Firetrol fire pump controllers are listed b Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with U L2 18, Standard for Fire Pump Controllers, CSA, Standard forindustrial Control Equipment, and approved by Factory Mutual. They are built to meet or exceed the require- ments of the approving authorities aswell as NEMA and the latest editions of NFPA 20, Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps, and NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Standard Features—The following are included as stan- dard with each controller: Voltage surge protector Main Disconnect Switch sized for connected motor horsepower and voltage Fire pump Circuit Breaker Single handle Isolating Disconnect Switch/Circuit Breaker mechanism Motor contactor Emergency Manual Run Mechanism to mechanically close motor contactor contacts in an emergency con- dition Built-in Start and Stop push-buttons to bypass auto- matic start circuits Minimum Run Timer/ Off Delay Timer Daylight Savings Time Option Weeklylestlimer Elapsed Time Meter Door mounted display/interfacepanel featuring a 128 x 64 pixel backlit LCD Graphical Display, Membrane Type User Control Push-buttons and easy to read LED Indicators for: POWER AVAILABLE ALARM TRANSFER SWITCH NORMAL (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) TRANSFER SWITCH EMERGENCY (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW PUMP RUNNING DELUGE OPEN REMOTE START INTERLOCK ON FAIL TO START MOTOR OVERLOAD EMERGENCY ISO SWITCH OFF (If unit ordered with Automatic Power Transfer Switch) PHASE FAILURE PHASE REVERSAL AUTOMATIC SHUTDOWN DISABLED OVERVOLTAGE UNDER VOLTAGE Digital Pressure Display USB Host Controller and Port Solid State Pressure Transducer Data Log Event Log (3000 Events) True RMS Metering with simultaneous 3 Phase Display of Amps, Volts, Frequency, Pressure and Alarm Mes- sages Disk Error message Disk Near Full message Pressure Error message Motor Over 320% message Local Start message Remote Start message Emergency Start message Fail To Start message Undervoltage message Overvoltage message NEMA Type 2 (IEC lP22) enclosure Suitable for use as Service Equipment Each standard controller comes with user configurable options for: Interlock Alarm • Low Pressure Audible Low Suction • Pump Run User Defined Input • WeeklyTest LI ~7 I I LI I I I I I I I I I I I is I Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controllers 50 HP 460V3Ph60Hz _9/16 [14]— DIA. MTG. HOLES 01 L : ....... . . . .. . ..' fL USER INTERFACE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER —9/16 [14]— DIA. MTG. SLOTS OPTIONAL—' WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS WN jr -. 1 1 Publication IM-1000(F) . . . t p.........-r . . - • I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I rziretrof 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller 2 5/8 [66] -1 I— 21 [533]- 16 D MTG. HOLES 1 [25] _____ USER INTERFACE - 1! FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER 50 [1269] 48 [1219] 61 5/8 [1565] II J_ 12 [305] DIA. MrC. SLOTS OPT] I 26 [660] I WALL MOUNTING BRACKETS 1/2 FNPT CONNECTIONS 10 1/8 [257] 6[152] SYSTEM PRESSURE —SYSTEM PRESSURE (6) MOUNTING SLOTS 4 [102]-j___1 I A' / _-9/16 s 1 [14 x 25] FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Dimensional Drawing DOOR SWING r- 34 1/2 [876] I.— 14 [3561,q I-- I (2) 1 1/2 [38] 01k HOLES FOR PIPE ENTRANCE 6 [152] I 8 [203] I I j2[51] L12 [305]-I 10 [254] 5 [127] 2 1/2 [64] 1 [25] STANDARD WITHSTAND RATINGS 200-SODA - 100.000 M,p. 6115 %,,. INTERMEDIATE WITHSTAND RATINGS 200-6004 - 150000 Mp. RMS HIGH WITHSTAND RATINGS 200-6004 - 200,000 AN,p. 6115 Sym. LINE MOTOR VOLTAGE HORSEPOWER 200 I] 3-60 206 220-240 380-415 M133-110-0 440-460 500-600 50 HP 460V3Ph60Hz I 7 [178]I I-- 10 [254] - Ii L rtW J5 [127] 9 [229] \J "—I 1 [25] —18 [457] 'N CONDUIT ENTRANCE 1 [25] TYP. TOP & BOTTOM DO INSTALL AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BELOW 41*F 15,0. —24 [610] ALL DIMENSIONS - 190465 (MM] SHIPPING WEIGHT - POUNDS (lEG] THIS DIMENSION DRAWING COMM FTAI000 CONTROLLERS AT THE HORSEPOWER. VOLTAGE AND WITHSTAND RATINGS AS USIEE) 69 THE TABLE. FOR OTHER H0OWER OR WITHSTAND RATINGS, REFER 10 651000-02 APPROXIMATE SHIPPING WEIGHT SPECIFICATiONS AND DIMENSIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. DO NOT USE FOR 235 [107] CONSTRUCTION. REOUCET CONSIRUCITON DRAWINGS FROM FIRETROL OR YOUR LOCAL FIREIROL REPROTENTATTAE. ADDED COMPONENTS TO MEET PM REQ13EMENTS REV. 101 6511 NO. I I App. I SATE B I 228486 I I 1ff I 08-04-I0 UPDATED TO MARIC BIG U355 DI'ITERYACE I REV. 10 I EON 110. j BY I APP. I DATE A I 225131 I TEFI 11-00-69 IDD.fENSIO NS AND SHIPPING WEIGHT IFrA100o II [I: • FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION BY I DATE WIWFACIURI10 TOLERANCES TO BE IN ACCORDANCE 611TH ASCO PROCEDURE MP-F-023. I FOR PLASTIC PARTS SEE IP-I-055 AS REF. NO _________________________________________ DRAWN BY I TEF 10613-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I CHECKED I PROPERTY OF 4200 P06101 IECI*I0L0GRD. USE PERMITTED FOR OUR I WORK ONLY. ALL RSIHTS OF 065651 OR 6169650011 ME RESERVE11 IGEWE II A APPROVAL I I I I DWG. NO, ______________________ I DD1000-51 FWL ITEFioe-13-021 ___________ ________ ASCO POWER TECHNOLOGIES. LP. I DRAWP10 B 228499 Is I OFI APPROVAL I ASCO p,, pARy JERSEY 07932 U.S.A. Full VUILayC Starting Field Connections I 3-PHASE SERVICE ENTRANCE INCOMING LINES BONDING & LI LZ is GROUNDING LOGS I I I II a ISOLATING SWITCH ONO MOTOR CONTACTOR Ti 12 13 MOTOR I I U I NOTE: USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL CONNECTIONS NOTES I- Incoming fine terminals ore provided to accommoda:e wire sizes at 125% of motor full load current per NFPA 70-2008, Nattonei Ztoofrtcai Cod., Table 430-250. Section 595.6(c), and Table 310-16. 75 rated Copper conductors. Controller is phase rotation sensitive. Incoming lines Li, 1.2 and U most be In ABC. right hand rotation sequence for proper operation of the phase m onitor. Motor connections shown are typical. Since motor connections vary wldetri. refer to the motor connection diagram for specific suing arrangement. For Incoming line tennlnole and motor terminals field wire capacity refer to drawing PCi000-51 CONTROL TERMINAL BLOCKS TB1H IN 6 171118111101 I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I.....L.I I I I I L*J I I I I I I LO 01 0 REMOTE DELUGE SHUTDOWN START VALVE INTERLOCK TO REMOTE (IF USED) (IF USED) (IF USED) ALARM PANEL (IF USED) REMOVE NORMALLY 120 VAC. 100VA JUMPER OPEN WAX. LOAD FROM I TO 8 CLOSES 10 SHUTDOWN PRESSURE 515193.1 CONNECTiON l/2 FNPT I I I I I I I ADD NOTE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY-UPDATED LOGO AND TITLE BLOCK I I/, Q I A I EON 12253 I Y App. I 0615 IXTET12"08'9 I IFIELD CONNECTIONS Ip0rA1000 II -- THIRD ANGLE FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER PROJECTION I 61 I DAIS I WMIFVCTURD93 TC(SEIoRIES 11) RE IN ,ICCOROIOICE eISA asco PROSESURE -t-oco. I I _____________________________________ TEF I 04-20-02 Ii COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I FOR PlASTIC PARIS SEE MA-I-aSS ASCOPOWER 1EC1t.O0RE. SCALE '1 A I USE POWITIED FOR OUR WORK ONLY. ALL 910415 OF DENON OR IfANTiON ARE RESERVED. PDWN or NAL I DWG. 40. FC10005O OV TEF ASCO ASCO POWER TECIIIOLOOER. LP. I I 01(511 0F2 thfALI Fi.0914A51 PARE. HEIR JEY 07932 USA DRAuRWO(CAl 226253 I orv. A leo. I I I rjffiretro~ lo - Fira 'ui.,i.i1T1IF REMOTE ALARM TERMINAL BLOCKS -------- NORMALLY OPEN, I CLOSES 10 ALARM --------- 25 REVERSAL REMOTE TO PHASE 25 ALaRM CIRCUITS I__. NOYLOS I---------1 I SEE N . OTEA----- 24 —34- OPENS TO ALARM -------- --------23 - NORMALLY CLOSES. I---------________ - I OPENS TO ALARM 'I I 21 TO PUMP OPERATING REMOTE I - 20 —I TM F ALARM CIRCUITS 1 NORMALLY OPEN. - 11) ALARM FES - -19 SEE NOTE---- 19 ------- (NORMALLY --------- OPEN. I - I CLOSES 1OAI.ARM •I I --------- 10 POWER/PHASE J - FAILURE REMOTE ( SEE NOTE As 17 ALARM CIRCUITS 1 —i -17 - I—H F INORMALLY CLOSED. I -16 I OPENS TO ALARM - -15 TBZ SPARE TERMINALS FPO%IDED FOR PARALLEL ' CONNECTION OF RE43TE ALARMS (IF REQUIRED) NOTE TERMINALS FOR CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS REOUIR 35MM SLOTTED SCREW DRIVER TERMINAL 1TGAIIST4ING TORQUE TERMINAL TYPE WiRE TIGHTENING CONTROL AND ALARM 014-12 AWO 5.6 lb-In TERMINALS (2.5-4 MM2) (.6 Nm] -NOTE- ,.MM CONTACT RATING PILOT DUTY 253 VAC. 30 hOC 1: A MAX. LOAD SPARE ISRMINALS PROVIDED FOR PARALLEL cONNECTiON OF REMOTE ALARMS (IF REQUIRES) NOTE TERMINALS FOR CUSTOMER CONNECTIONS REQUIRE 3.5MM SLOTTED SCREW DITHER TERMINAL. TIGHTENING TORQUE I TERMINAL TYPE WRE I TIGHTENING I SIZE I TORQUE I CONTROL AND ALARM I I4-I2 AWG I 5.6 lb-In I TERMINALS MM2] [.6 NMI I -NOTE- ALARM CONTACT RATING PILOT DITTY 250 VAC, 30 'ADC 10 A. MAX. LOAD NOTE: USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL CONNECTIONS I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I rjuiretrol 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Field Connections MODIFICATION TERM NAL BLOCKS (IF USED) 110-120 VAN SEPARATE SUPERVISORY POWER SOURCE FOR P16200-C aTOLl IN ALARM PANEl. MO0IflCA11ON -P (NORMALLY CLOSED. I OPENS 10 ALARM 10 PUMP OVERLOAD REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION -BY NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES TO ALARM (HoRiY CLOSES. I OPENS TO ALARM 10 PUMP PALES TO START REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES 10 ALARM (HoRI&ALJ.Y CLOSED I OPENS 10 ALARM 10 PHASE REVERSAL REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS MODIFICATION OW NORMALLY OPEN. CLOSES 10 ALARM (NORMALLY OPEN, TO POWER/PHASE I CLOSES 10 ALARM FAILURE REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS CATION -BR MODIFi NORMALLY CLOSES. OPENS TO PJ.ARSI (NORMALLY CLOSES, OPENS TO ALARM TO PUMP OPERATING REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS ALLY OPEN MODIFICALON .LOES tORr 10 ALARM SEE NC T82 MODIFICATION TERMINAL BLOCKS (IF USED) I 1 I I I I I I H H H H H I H I H I H I INi IIN2 I IN3 IN4IIN5 INS IN7 INS I I I I 12001 2011 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LOW SUCTION L.>._0..... I I I PSIJRE BUILT - I --I IN ALARM I I I I 120/240 VAC LOW RESERVOIR L_IZ............+-------------------------1 I MODIFTCAT1ON POWER FOR LEVEL BUILT I I -AN CONTROLLER IN ALARM LOW PUMP ROOM L...<,.,,0..-----------------------SPACE MODIFICATION TEMPDTATURE BUILT IN ALARM RELJEF VALVE MODIFTCA1TON HEATER H. -J. -K. MODIFICATION 4F DISCHARGE BUILT IN ALARM -L -U, -N MODIFICATION -ED TBI AM ADD NOTE FOR COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY-UPDATED LOGO AND TITLEl3LDCX I REV. 10 I EN - I * 1226253 I y I S.1 0415 IxIia-oe-o, FIELD CONNECTIONS IFrAlooD ii FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY I 0415 ACCOROANCE WIN ASCO PROCEDURE 1P-l-003. FOR PLADUC PARIS CE 1P-I-055 MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE 10 BE IN ASEDIL CE. NO. h SPAWN BY I TEF I 04-26-02i COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I CHECKED I I I PROPERTY OF ASCO POWER TECHNOLOGIES. USE PERMITTED FOR OUR I WORE ONLY. ALL RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR IVADTTTON ARE RESERVED. SCALE III A I PROJECT I I ONG. NO. APPROVAL1 I I 100050 FINAL I TEF 104-26-021 ASCO POWER TEoLocEs. I.?. I I DRAWN) I ISHEE72 OF2 REV. A NO 226253 APPROVAL I ASeO® FLORIAAM PARE. NEW JERSEY 07932 USA. rairetrall 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Field Connections - Line and Motor Field Terminal Capacity LINE TERMINALS—WIRE CAPACITY AND QUANTITY (Cu) @ MAXIMUM _MOTOR _HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE (Cu) PER PHASE WIRE SIZE SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND LUG (Cu) 200V 208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 25 25 30 50 60 75 (1) #14 AWG—#1/0 AWG (2) #14 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1) 2.5 MM2-50 MM2 (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 30 30 40 60 75 100 (1) #2 AWG—#4/0 AWG (2) #14 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1) 35 MM2 -100 MM2 (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 50 50 60 100 125 (1) #4 AWG-300 kcmil (2) #14 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1) 25 MM2 -150 MM2 (2) 2.5 MM2-70 MM2 60 60 --- --- 150 150 (1) #6 AWG-350 kcmil (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (1) 16 MM2 —185 MM2 (2) 16 MM2-120 MM2 100 100 100 150 250 300 (1) 250 kcmil-500 kcmil 120 MM2-240 MM2 (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 16 MM2-120 MM2 125 125 200 --- #3/0 AWG-250 kcmil (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 95 MM2 -120 MM2 (2) 16 MM2-120 MM2 200 200 250 350 500 (3) #2/0 AWG-400 kcmil (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (3) 70 MM2 —200 MM2 (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 250 250 300 500 600 (4) #4/0 AWG-500 kcmil (4) 100 MM2-240 MM2 (2) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (2) 16 MM2 -120 MM2 MOTOR TERMINALS—WIRE CAPACITY AND QUANTITY (CU) T) MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE (CU) PER PHASE 200V 208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 30 30 40 60 75 100 (1) #6 AWG—#2/0 AWG (1) 16 MM2-70 MM2 50 50 60 75 125 150 (1) #6 AWG-250 kcmil (1) 16 MM2-120 MM2 75 75 100 150 200 250 (1) #4 AWG-400 kcmil 25 MM2-200 MM2 100 100 --- --- 250 300 #4 AWG-500 kcmil (2) 25 MM2-240 MM2 200 200 200 350 500 (2) 250 kcmil-500 kcmil (2) 120 MM2-240 MM2 250 250 300 500 600 (3) #2/0 AWG-500 kcmil (3) 70 MM2-240 MM2 @ FOR CORRECT WIRE SIZING, REFER TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NFPA 70. WHEN REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. UPDATED LINE TERMINAL HP / VOLTAGE CHART c I 235649 JC I TEF 102/13/12 SEE ECN B I 228839 TEF I TEF 09/02/10 UPDATED LOGO AND imx BLOCK A I 228994 JC I TEF 112/08/09 PROJECT NAME: M.10 I ECH NO. BY APP. I DATE IFIELD CONNECTIONS IFrA.l000 I -f zk - ThIRD ANGLE FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER LINE AND MOTOR FIELD WIRE TERMINAL CAPACITY PROJECTION IBY 1DATE I MN4UF*011JJG TOLERNICO2 TO 00 IN *000RflAOE WITH *500 PROCEDURE UP-I-O0 FOR P1.0500 PM15 500 UP-1-055 I I .OSL R. NO. DROWN I I 02-13-12 ICOMPIJIER GENERATED DRAWING I I '' I A I CHECKED - FROP00TY OF *000 POWER IECHNOLOOES. 1)00 PWITTI02 FOR OUR SWE WORKONLY.Mi. RIGHTS OF DESIGN OR 5WD0N PROJECT I APPROVAL I I DING. NO. FCI000-51 I TEE 102-13-12 ® ASCO APPROVAL REV. ASCO Pow TEcNNowoss. L.P. FLORHOSI P*0K. NEW JD02EY 07932 U.S .& DING C IZl 235649 sHEETIOf'n 6 L----- t ----------- I BC D E F To page 2 To page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I riffiretrof 0 Mark llxg Electric Fire Pump Controller 10 RaN BUM 162 14MS 3. 4 LNES 63.63 FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Wiring Schematic -Il EMERCUCf RUN L p- J2 ! L I—.- jO&-< -' ij, ja !a-<+ F 3 J. L. 11 I A To page 2 I rTh->-1 I I i ji4 I I =1 L!- --------- ADDED TEST SOLENOID AND AUDIBLE ALARM TO COMPLY WITH NEW PM STD. 70 N NO. BY I APP. I 0610 0 226526 £ I I 63-06-IS CHANGED PC-1051 TO Cr BOARD REV. 10 I EON NO. BY I A PP. I DATE C I 223136 XIIEVI REMOVED PRINTER / CHANGED FLOPPY TO USB REV. 10 e EON U-15-O' I -IIVI BY I APP. I DATE 06-15-07 WIRING SCHEMATIC IrrMOOo --• FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY DATE i0ROANEC WITH 4220 PR0CWI 6P1OR3. FOR Il--- WNHWACTURNO 10I.liIS 10 BE H 0666.11 BY I TEE I 06-10-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I I PR15ERTY O 4Y0 P06EV 1EC*UI0ECOI FOR WORE OILY. ALL RO1HIS OF DEVON OR 51091066 46E 69191063. MALE ia I A I PROJECT APPROVAL I I OWL NO. FINAL TEE I 06-10-02 ® ASCO Po ToclDlotco63, L.P.WS10005O IG D 228528 0F2 APPROVAL FLO#4661 ASCO P46W, NEW JERSEY 07632 U.SA FTA1 000 Full Voltage Starting Wiring Schematic 45 as 47 49 50 52 54 55 57 58 s9 61 62 63 65 57 69 72 73 1. 78 'S 82 83 85 From Page 1 From Page 1 From Page 1 A BC D E F .I oV II NOTES 9010111 START NOTE 5 I (WU585) i L_14_J DO.LIGE 19E I. NORMALLY 0801, 0.0505 TO ALARM 1822 TO 2. NORMALLY 0.0585. 08010 10 ALARM 3. FOR PILOT DUTY 080.5. 220,IAC, 30900, 108, MALL LOAD C ALL CONTACTS SHOWN DE-ENERCIZED SHUTDOWN IPflDt00( 5. 111811181$ H AND N 88100 10008, 120080 MAX LOAD 5505) 0. REFER 10 1PMSF001IER NAMEPLATE FOR CON800ITON INFORMATION 7. 10 PUMP RUAMAINO REMOTE ALARM 000.215 H. 10 PHASE/POWER FAILURE REMOTE ALARM CIRCUITS 9 10 PHASE REVERSAL 851015 ALARM CIRCUITSIS. REMOVE JUMPER 011801 DELUGE VALVE CONTACT 0 0585 II. SHARE TERMINAL PROVIDED FOR PARALLEl. 000111001108 OF 901015 ALARMS (F REOURER) ADDED 1ES F OLENO1D AND AUDIBLE ALUM TO COMPLY WITH } REV. 10 0 I EON NO. I 228528 BY LI I APP. EF 1I I 0610 09-06-10 CHANGED PC-1051 TO CT BOARD REV. 10 C I EON NO. I 225130 BY £11521 APP. I DATE 10-15-09 REMOVED PRNIER / CHANGED FLOPPY TO U REV. 10 B I EON NO. I - BY I APP. I 1071 I DATE 06-15-07 WIRING SCHEMATIC IFTA1000 I FULL VOLTAGE FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION I BY I 0610 I MANIJFACTTJRPG 1OLEOAiC05 10 BE IN • I ACCORDANCE 0111118220 PROCEDURE-003. I FOR PLASTIC PAM MP-I-055 DRAWN BY I I TEE I 105-10-02 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING C1K85 I ppooy Of ASCID p PERMITTED FM OUR I WORE OILY. ALL RIGHTS OF 00908 08 1180111001 ARE R059005. WAE " I A I O.J001 APPROVAL 0010. NO. W8100050 flNAJ_ APPROVAL I TEF 105-10-021 I ASCO AS Povioo T09.woI. LP. ° USA I ° D 228528 IS1WE12OF2 I I I- - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS ITT DIMENSIONS AND ENGINEERING DATA VERTICAL MULTI STAGE JOCKEY PUMPS e-SV SERIES FP 4.0 PAGE 301 MAR 2011 ISV (e-SV) SUPERSEDES ALL PREVIOUS ISSUES CONSTRUCTION: 304 STAINLESS STEEL 60 Hz 3500 RPM NOMINAL FLOW: 9 GPM CAPACITIES: 2 -12 GALLONS PER MINUTE HEADS: 13- 372 PSI TDH MOTOR STAGING: 2 -30 STANDARD NEMA TC FRAME MOTORS IN OPEN DRIP PROOF OR TOTALLY MINIMUM FLOW: 2 GPM ENCLOSED FAN COOLED ENCLOSURES. MAXIMUM WORKING 360 PSI (25 BAR) FOR THE ANSI FLANGE VERSION STANDARD VOLTAGE: PRESSURE: SINGLE PHASE: 115-208/230V UP TO 3 HP OR 208-230V FOR 5 HP TEMPERATURES: STANDARD LIQUID TEMPERATURES FROM THREE PHASE, 2 POLE: 208-230/460V, 60 HZ UP 75 HP -20°F TO 250°F (-30°C TO 120°C) COMPONENT MATERIAL PUMP BODY AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL IMPELLER AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL Dl - 0125 13*21 DIFFUSER AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL CASING AISI 316L STAINLESS STEEL CAPACITOR 4$ COVER ON I SHAFT AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL SINGLE PHASE ONLY ADAPTER ASTM CLASS 35/40B CAST IRON BASE A384.0-F ALUMINUM I 1-1/4 CLASS 300 FLANGE COUPLING A384.0-F ALUMINUM I SEAL PLATE AISI 316L STAINLESS STEEL VENT/FILL ELASTOMERS VITON (OPT. EPDM) LI 3/8 BSP COUPLING GUARD AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL ml SHAFT SLEEVE AND BUSHING TUNGSTEN CARBIDE DRAIN REF 3/8 BSPI FILUDRAIN PLUGS AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL I I TIE RODS A29 GR. 1045 CARBON STEEL / ZINC PLATED WEAR RING PPS - [180] SEAL GLAND AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL REF MECHANICAL SEAL CODE NO. ROTATING FACE I STATIONARY FACE 2 ELASTOMERS 3 j 0I]I 30 0.79 [201 I---- 1701 98412501 -1 3.94 4 HOLES SILICON CARBIDE 0 CARBON VITON GRAPHITE FILLED MOTOR DIMENSIONS (IN.) WEIGHT(LBS.) STAGE HP NEMAFRAME Li M IREF.I Dl (MAX.) PUMP &MOTOR ow1 ODP TEFC TEFC 10 30 10 30 ODP ODP 10 30 TEFC TEFC 10 30 TEFC ODP TEFC ODP 10 10 30 1 30 TEFC 10 ODP 10 TEFC 30 ODP 30 5 1/2 56C 21.68 21.81 5.19 6.19 44 44 42 42 7 3/4 56C 24.88 23.25 24.00 23.38 5.19 6.19 54 52 46 46 9 1 56C 26.33 24.83 26.86 24.96 5.74 7.19 6.19 66 58 49 49 11 11/2 56C 27.91 28.43 27.15 5.74 7.19 6.19 68 60 56 58 13 29.88 30.40 29.12 5.74 71 63 59 61 15 31.46 31.98 30.70 5.74 73 65 61 63 17 2 56C 33.54 34.42 33.15 5.74 7.19 6.19 88 80 70 69 19 35.12 36.00 3473 5.74 90 82 72 71 20 35.91 36.79 35.52 6.52 91 83 73 72 22 3 56C 37.87 37.48 39.74 37.46 5.75 7.19 6.62 7.19 7.16 106 91 86 83 24 6 38.27 40.53 38.25 5.75 110 95 1 90 87 26 41.42 41.03 43.29 41.01 6.53 112 97 92 89 28 42.99 42.60 44.86 42.58 6.53 114 99 94 91 30 44.56 1 44.17 46.43 44.15 7.31 115 100 95 1 92 NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED. CERTIFIED FOR: CUSTOMER ORDER NO: IDENTIFICATION NO: FLANGES PUMP SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD (FT) ROTATION SUCTION DISCHARGE DATA 1-1/4 ISVQ 10 85 PSI CW 300# 1 300# MOTOR L HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE DATA I 1 3450 460 3 0 560 TEFU SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE SUPERSEDES ALL PREVIOUS ISSUES 400 - 350 300 250 100 50 !!I!tUH1 Iirn MEN ' tbiH A-C FIRE PUMP SYSTEMS PERFORMANCE - CURVES VERTICAL MULTI STAGE JOCKEY PUMPS e-SV SERIES FP 4.0 PAGE 302 ITT MAR 2011 --------- ----------- I. ----------- I. ------------ NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION OR APPLICATION PURPOSES UNLESS CERTIFIED. CERTIFIED FOR: CUSTOMER ORDER NO: IDENTIFICATION NO: FLANGES PUMP SIZE MODEL CURVE NO. GPM HEAD (FT) ROTATION SUCTION DISCHARGE DATA 1-1/4 1SV9 10 55 PI CW 300# 300# MOTOR HP RPM VOLTS PHASE HERTZ FRAME SIZE ENCLOSURE DATA 1 3450 460 3 60 56C TEFC SHOP ORDER: CERTIFIED BY: DATE HP 460V3Ph60Hz I 1 Description—Firetrol® FTA550F XG Jockey Pump Controllers are intended for use with fire pump systems. They are used for pressure maintenance in fire pump installations to prevent unnecessary operation of the main fire pump. Approvals—Firetrol jockey pump controllers are listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., in ac- cordance with UL508A, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment. They are built to meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest edition NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Standard Features—The following are included as standard with each controller: NEMA Type 2/12 (IEC IPI 1/IP52) Polycarbonate enclosure (UL50E Construction) Horsepower rated motor circuit protector and starting contactor Suitable for use as service equipment HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch Minimum run timer On-Delay timer Pump Restart Timer Control circuit transformer with 24VAC secondary 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) stainless steel solid state pressure transducer Overpressure indication Low Pressure indication Failed to start indication Main switch not in "Auto" alarm Pressure recording Event log (3000 events stored in controller memory) Data log (including cycle counter) Door mounted display/user interface featuring a 128 x 64 pixel backlit LCD Graphical Display, Membrane Type User Controller Push-buttons and LED indication for: Power ON Pump Running Alarm 2 lines of user selectable display information NOTE: FTA550F XG Jockey Pump Controllers are only available in the voltage/horsepower combinations shown below and with the op- tions shown on the reverse side. For other combinations and options, see documen- tation for FTA550E series XG Jockey Pump Controllers. VOLTAGE 3-PHASE MAX HP Short Circuit (50/60 Hertz) (MCP) Current Rating -H 200-208 7.5 30kA -A 220-240 10 30kA -F 380-415V-WYE 15 30kA -B 440-480V-WYE 20 30kA -C 550-600V-WYE 20 18kA VOLTAGE 1-PHASE MAX HP Short Circuit (50/60 Hertz) (MCP) Current Rating -D 110-120Volts 2 30kA -T 200-208 Volts 3 30kA -E 220-240 Volts 3 30kA NOTE: Firetrol Brand Jockey Pump controllers DO NOT CONTAIN MERCURY filled pressure switches. I I I I I I I I I S. EMERSON,, Network Power I Jockey Pump Controller The auxiliary jockey pump controller, if required and specified on the plans and specifications, shall be factory assembled, wired, and tested and specifically designed forthis type of service. This controllershall be of the same manufacturer as the main fire pump controller. Approvals Firetrol Jockey Pump Controllers are listed by Under- writers Laboratories, Inc., in accordance with UL508A, Standard for Industrial Controls, and CSA, Standard for Industrial Control Equipment (cUL). They are builtto meet or exceed the requirements of the approving authorities as well as NEMA and the latest edition of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code. Construction The jockey pump controller shall be full voltage start- ing, rated for wye-con nected power systems above 240V. The controller components shall be housed in a NEMA Type 2/12 (IEC IP1 1/IP52) polycarbonate, wall mounted enclosure (UL50E Construction). The controller shall incorporate a horsepower rated manual circuit protector and starting contactor, control circuit transformer with 24VAC secondary and 200-600V multi-tap primary, main disconnect switch, HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC selector switch and a 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) stainless steel solid state pressure transducer. Short Circuit Current Ratings The jockey shall have standard short circuit current ratings of: 30kA @ 480 Volts Max. 1 8kA @ 600 Volts Operator Interface The fire pump controller shall feature an operator in- terface with user keypad. The interface shall monitor and display motor operating conditions, including all alarms, events, and pressure conditions. The display shall be a 128x64 Backlit LCD capable of customized graphics. The display and interface shall be NEMA rated forType 2, 3R, 4,4X, and 12 protection and shall be fully accessible without opening the controller door. The display and user interface shall utilize multiple levels of password protec- tion for system security. A minimum of 3 password levels shall be provided. The operator shall have the ability to choose up to 2 lines of data to be displayed on the main (home) information screen. Digital Status/Alarm Messages The digital display shall indicate text messages for the status and alarm conditions of: Pump Running • Sequential StartTime Minimum Run Time • Low System Pressure Pump Restart Timer • Fail to Start Automatic Start • System Overpressure User Selectable #11 • Main Switch Position User Selectable #21 1 User may choose from the following to be shown on main display (stop pressure setting, start pressure setting, cycles/period, cycles/ month, cycles/day, cycles/hour, total cycle count, pump total runtime) The Sequential Start Timer, Minimum Run Timer/Off Delay Timer and Pump Restart Timer shall be displayed as numeric values reflecting the value of the remaining time. LED Visual Indicators LED indicators, visible with the door closed, shall indicate: Power ON • Alarm Pump Running Data Logging The digital display shall monitor the system and log the following data: Motor Calls/Starts • Pump Total Run Time Pump Last Run Time • Total Controller PwrOn Time Last Pump Start Mm/Max System Pressure Last Phase Fail/Reverse. Cycle Counts I I I I I I I I I I I I flire2rf EMERSON, I Network Power I Event Recording Memory-The controller shall record all operational and alarm events to system memory. All events shall be time and date stamped and include an index number. The system memory shall have the capability of storing 3000 events and allow the user access to the event log via the user interface. The user shall have the ability to scroll through the stored messages in groups of 1 or 10. Serial Communications The controller shall feature a RS485 serial communica- tions port for use with 2 or 4 wire Modbus communica- tions. Solid State Pressure Transducer The controller shall be supplied with a stainless steel solid state pressure transducer with a range of 0-300 psi (0-20.7 bar) ±1 psi. The solid state pressure transducer shall be used for both display of the system pressure and control of the jockey pump controller. Systems using ana- log pressure devices or mercury switches for operational control will not be accepted. The START and STOP PRESSURE shall be adjustable through the user interface. The pressure transducershall be mounted inside the controller to prevent accidental damage. The pressure transducer shall be directly pipe mounted to a bulkhead pipe coupling without any other supporting members. Field connections shall be made externally atthe controller coupling to prevent distortion of the pressure switch element and mechanism. Seismic Certification The controller shall be certified to meet or exceed the requirements of the 2006 International Building Code and the 2010 California Building Code with Importance Factor 1.5 and Sds equal to 1.88 or less. Qualifications shall be based upon successful tn-axial shake-table testing in accordance with ICC-ES AC-i 56. Certification without testing shall be unacceptable. Controller shall be clearly labeled as rated for installation in seismic areas and a Certificate of Conformance shall be provided with the controller. Operation A digitally set On Delay (Sequential Start) timer shall be provided as standard. Upon a call to start, the user interface shall display a message indicating the remaining time value of the On Delay timer. The controller shall include a Minimum Run Timer to allow the motor to run for a set period of timer after starting. The timer shall be programmable through the user interface. A pump restart delay timer shall be provided to al- low the residual voltage of the motor to decay prior to restarting the motor and to prevent severe short cycling of the motor. The timer shall be programmable through the user interface. A Lamp Test feature shall be included. The user interface shall also have the ability to display the status of the system inputs and outputs. An Audible Test feature shall be included to test the operation of the audible alarm device (if supplied). The disconnect switch shall be mechanically inter- locked so that the enclosure door cannot be opened with the handle in the ON position except by a hidden tool operated defeater mechanism. The disconnect switch shall be capable of being padlocked in the OFF position for installation and maintenance safety. The controller shall be a Firetrol brand. 1 I I I I I I I I I I U I I Emerson Network Power and the Emerson Network Power logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co. 02012 Emerson Electric Co. Firetrol Brand Products . Cary, North Carolina 27518 USA • Phone 919 460 5200 • Fax 919460 5250 • www.firetrol.com I DOOR SWING 1.21 [31] .28 [7] —12.42 [3u 10.00 [254] I ,,—.312x.500 MTG SLOT TYP (4) PLACES lcai 15.49 [393] 15.00 [381] a SER TERFACE. 14.43 [367] 13.60 NOTE CONDUIT ENTRANCE TOP AND ____________________ FROM SIDES. al BOTTOM ONLY DO NOT ENTER BONDING BETWEEN CONDUIT CAUTION 11 o CONDUIT ENTRANCE CONNECTIONS IS NOT AUTOMATIC TOP AND AND MUST BE PROVIDED AS 3.94 [100] I / BOTTOM PART OF THE INSTALLATION. I n DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THIS / I-6.00 [152] DRAWING ARE APPLICABLE FOR / NEMA TYPES 2/3R/4/4X/12 / 9.49 [241]- SYSTEM PRESSURE 1/2 FNPT CONNECTION 4.00 [102] 1.00 [25] 1.51 [38] 1 HP 460V3Ph60Hz SHIPPING WEIGHT APPROX. 15 [6.8] ALL DIMENSIONS — INCHES [MM] SHIPPING WEIGHT — POUNDS [KG] MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 7 1/2 10 15 20 20 Firetrol 0 PROJECT NAME: I R. 10 IS*CETI 1 cs NO. NE Dimensions and Shipping Weight IFrA55OF -(s) - I THIRD ANGLE I PROJECTION JOCKEY XG PUMP CONTROLLER (POLYCARBONATE) I BY I ON1E I WJRJFCTtJG TOLIMANCIM 10 BY IN I ccooiico mi - ocwuNE 'w-'--oo I FOR PLASTIC PARTS SEE -I--O55 I I I ASS04 R. NO, I I TEF I 02/29/12 II COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWING I SCAI•E 11 A I I I MR I PNOP5 i. Nor AS ow NCKCOS. J$ pER.g•0) . ØJ I woc o i. scnjs or DN OR *901DB *E REDEW10. I PmwT I I I I DING. NO. I55001 FIKAL I TEF Ioz'2w12 ASCO® ASCO Pam TECmloLcoEs. I. ..PARK. NEW .Y 07932 USA DRAWRIO - 236029 IsHIETI OF I Moi2 / - MOTOR '3--'>"---' CONTROL TRANSFORMER °RIUARV (0NNT10N gomomomlm rr 17 TAP COLOR PRIMARY VOLTAGE 1 BLACK PRIMARY COM 2 BROWN 200-208VAC 3 YELLOW 220-240VAC 4 BLUE 380-415VAC 5 PURPLE 440-48IYVAC 6 GRAY 550-600VAC L1BI L2B Ti 3-PHASE INCOMING LINES L1L2L3 III N G I I ±i*- (WHEN •± 666 MANUAL MOTOR I PROTECTOR (MMP) I RQUIRED) CONTACTOR I INEUTRAL IS BONDED T21 L-L) I C (MOTOR \ LINE TERMINALS-WIRE CAPACITY (CU) MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE COPPER ONLY 200-208V 220-240V 380-415V 440-480V[550 -600V 7 1/2 10 15 1 20 [ 20 110 AWG-#4 AWG 6 MM2 -25 MM2 MOTOR TERMINALS-WIRE CAPACITY (Cu) ( MAXIMUM MOTOR HORSEPOWER WIRE SIZE COPPER ONLY 200-206Vl220-240V 380-415V 440-480V 550-600V 7 1/2 ] 10 15 20 20 #14 AWG-8 AWG 2.5 MM2 -10 MM2 FOR CORRECT WIRE SIZING, REFER TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NFPA 70. NEUTRAL AND GROUND TERMINALS WIRE CAPACITY (Cu) 11114 AWG-#6 AWG 2.5 MM2 -16 MM2 PRESSURE SYSTEM CONNECTION 1/2 FNPT MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR (MMP) Li L1A 3-PHASE L2 L2A LINES - L3A BONDED NEUTRAL AND G r-1i GROUNDING TERMINALS (WHEN REQUIRED) CAUTION BONDING BETWEEN CONDUIT CONNECTIONS IS NOT AUTOMATIC AND MUST BE PROVIDED AS PART OF THE INSTALLATION. J30 7 COM Ready 125 psi PORT Statt 115 psi Stop 120 psi Auto Date Time 'QowER AVAILABLE OALARM J 1 OPUMPRUNNINI3 r1 I 1i1 @ I1 I _ XG PUMP CONTROLLER JP9 LppIG BILX RD WIlT 1 HP 460V 3Ph 60Hz I I I M PRESSURE TRANSDUCER wire trol 0 WTO I VI DATE IWJRING SCHEMATIC IvrA55oF ii j • JOCKEY XG PUMP CONTROLLER WITH MANUAL MOTOR PROTECTOR THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION IBY IDATE I 1UWIG 1D&ORBBC6 10 BE SI ACCORTHNCE WITH A20 PROCECURE IF-I-003. I oo PLASTIC PARIS SEE uP-I-095 ___ . NO. DRAWN e I TEF I 02/27/12 COMPUTER GENERATED DRAWiNG I CH I I I PROPERTY WALE OF AR9 lN0I.Ø9. t pm o I ROBE ONLY. ALL RIGHTS OF DGH OR IWIENflON I -I IT A PPROVAL I I I ORG. NO. I IWS55OO 1 IFINAL I TEF 02/29/12 I ® ASCO Powe Tn,iotoos. L.P. IDREWIP03 - IBCN 0536029 I OF i APPROVAL ASCO FLORW.M PARK, NEW jy o72 u.s.a. I. INO.L Fire Pump Test Meter SERIES 735 The Style 735 Victaulic® Fire Pump Test Meter was specifically designed for the monitoring of fire protection systems. Style 735 consists of a calibrated Victaulic Venturi with attached dial meter (specify Model "S", 41/2'7120 mm dial meter; or Model "L", 6/150 mm dial meter) and flow reading in GPM (gallons per minute) or m3/hr. (cu. meters/hour). Quickly installed on the discharge side of the pump with lust two Victaulic couplings, the Style 735 provides accurate measurements of pump performance. The Victaulic Fire Pump Test Meter is designed for use with Victaulic FM Approved products in 21/2 - 12/65 - 300 mm sizes. Maximum working pressure for Model "L" is 175 psi/1200 kPa, Model "S' is rated to 500 psi/3450 kPa. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Steel - 4/100 mm and under, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53; 5/125 mm and above conforming to ASTM A-53 Grade B. Cone: Steel conforming to ASTM A-569 Needle Valve: Yellow brass conforming to ASTM B-124 (377) NPT Size: /4"/6.4 mm Tubing: Yellow brass conforming to ASTM B-16 (360) Meter: 41/2" Dial Type - Model "5" Optional: 6' Dial Type - Model "L" JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect.. Para. Location Date Approved - Date www.victaulic.com VICTALIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAIJLIC COMPANY. © 1997 vICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. RE V-13 4 tauIicf 10.11_i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED SYSTEM 10.11 Fire Pump Test Meter SERIES 735 I__ T 'Liii Meter Range* Minim -Maximum Gum d to End pM/M3/hr. En if •.. ii II Approx. Wgt. Each Lbs./kg LL 2½ 2.875 100 40- 200 60 -200 4.00 14.0 9.0 65 73,0 23 9_45 r 14 _45 102 64 4.1 3 3.500 200 100-400 140 - 4QO~l 4.25 15.0 , 10.0 80 88.9 45 23-91 32-91 108 6.8 4.5 4 4.500 I 250 100-500 1 160-500 3.75 17.0 1 12.0 100 114.3 I 57 23-114 36-114 95 7.7 5.4 4 4.500 I 300 ' 100-600 190-600 , 3.75 ' 17.0 12.0 100 114.3 68 23-136 43-136 95 7.7 5.4 4 4.500 450 200-900 300-900 3.75 17.0 ' 12.0 100 114.3 ,j 5.563 I 102 500 45-204 200-1000 68-204 300-1000 95 5.00 7.7 , 18.0 5.4 13.0 5 125 141.3 114 45-227 68-227 127 , 8.2 5.9 6 0.625 750 300-1500 5 6.00 20.0 15.0 150 1683 I 170 1000 68-341 400-2000 ' 91 -454 ' 136-454 . 102-341 - 600-2000 152 6.00 9.1 20.0 6.8 15.0 6 6.625 150 168.3 ]7 1250 500-2500 _800-2500 152 6.00 9.1 20.0 ' 6.8 15.0 6 6.625 150 168.3 1500 284 114-568 600-3000 _182 -568 900-3000 152 _ 7.00 27.0 22.0 8 8.625 200 - 2000 136-68i 204-68i 1000-40001400-4000 178 7.00 12.3; , 27.0 10.0 22.0 8 8.625 200 219.1 454 2500 _227-908 318-908 1000-5000_ 1600 -5000 178 700 12.3 _10.0 27.0 22.0 8 8.625 200 219.1 568 3000 227-1135 ' 100006000 , 363-1135 1900-6000 178 7.00 12.3 , ' 27.0 10.0 22.0 8 8.625 200 219.1 10.750 3500 _681 227-1303 431-1363 2000-7000 ' 2500-7000 178 8.00 - -"i------ . 12.3 38.0 4--- 10.0 - 33.0 10 250 273.0 1 795 , 454- 159 568- 1590 203 . 17.2 15.0 10 10.750 4000 2000-8000 . 2500-8000 8.00 38.0 33.0 250 273.0 - 1 -i--- 908 4500 ._16.17 .' 2000-9000 568-1817 203 3000-9000 . 8.00 JZ?. . .L. ' 38.0 33.0 10 10.750 250 273.0 1 1 1022 5000 454-2045 . 2000-10000 681- 2045 3000-10000 203 12.00 17.2 71.0 ' 15.0 66.0 12 12.750 300 323.9 1135 454 - 2272 ' 681- 2272 305 32.2 29.9 Specify Model "L" for 6 dial; Model S for 41/2 dial. www.victaulic.com xuAc-tv, _U, i d VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 0 1997 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.112 REV_B DIMENSIONS IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED SYSTEM 10.11 Fire Pump Test Meter SERIES 735 INSTALLATION Suggested Piping Diagram Victaulic Fire Pump Test Meter Throttle valve C ________ or waste tyass valve E. T:) reservoir Air vent c Optional to Flow _____ILveA_ pump inlet I Mm. pipe diameters from valve I Valve Supply from 9 \ _____________ ________ Flow _______ dry main or reservoir To system Fire pump OPERATING INSRCCTIONS FOR FIRE ] Close system valve "A'. PUMP FLOW VENTURI 2 Open bypass valve "B" and throttle valve "C". 3 Purge meter located on Style 735 Fire Pump Test Me:er as follows: Open station shut-off valves (below meter) and vent valies (above meter). When a steady stream of water is passing through each plastic hose, meter is ourged of air. Close all valves after air purging. 4 Start Fire Pump and read meter :n GPM (m3/hr.) 5 Refer to pump GPM requirement and adjust throttle ra)ve to achieie various flow readings. Record pump GPM, suction and discharge pressjres, et--., accorcance with requirements. www.victaulic.com A ulieta VICTAULIC IS REC STEREO TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2006 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED N THE USA. REVB - 10.113 SERIES 735 INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.11 1588 REV B UPDATED 04/1997 ictaulic VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 1997 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA. 10.11 AL 9W..L.M.. I - Fire Protection by Computer Design Western Fire Protection Inc 13630 Danielson St. Poway, CA 92064 858-513-4949 Job Name : Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I Building : P-i Location : 2456 Town Garden Road System Contract C-3455 Data File : C-3455 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Standpipe Hose.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Western Fire Protection Inc Page Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I Date 9-1-17 HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET Name - Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-i Date - 9-1-17 Location - 2456 Town Garden Road Building - P-i System No. - Contractor - Western Fire Protection Inc Contract No. - C-3455 Calculated By - C. Hollands Drawing No. - Occupancy - Ordinary Hazard Group 1 S (X)NFPA 14 Number of Standpipes ( )i ( )2 (x)3 ( )4 Y ( )Other S ( )Specific Ruling Made by Date T E Flow at Top Most Outlet - 500 Gpm System Type N Pres. at Top Most Outlet - 100 Psi (X) Wet ( ) Dry Flow For Ea. Additional Standpipe - 250 Gpm D Total Additional Flow - 500 Gpm E Elevation at Highest Outlet - 37 Feet S Hose Valve Connection ( )l 1/2" (X)2 1/2" I Class Service (X)I ( )II ( )III G Note: N Calculation Gpm Required 1000 Psi Required 102.727 At Source Summary C-Factor Used: Overhead 120 Underground 150 W Water Flow Test: Pump Data: Tank or Reservoir: A Date of Test - 7-11-2017 Cap. T Time of Test - Rated Cap. 1000 Elev. E Static (Psi) - 103.5 8 Psi 60 R Residual (Psi) - 87.3 Elev. 1 1 -4.5" Well Flow (Gpm) - 6750 Proof Flow Gpm S Elevation - -5 U P Location: Town Garden Road P L Source of Information: Carlsbad Fire Department Y Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Water Supply Curve C Western Fire Protection Inc Page 2 Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-i Date 9-1-17 Demand: Dl - Elevation : 18.190 D2 - System Flow :1000 D2 - System Pressure :137.218 Hose ( Demand) D3 - System Demand :1000 Safety Margin : 0.300 City Water Supply: Cl - Static Pressure : 103.5 C2 - Residual Pressure: 87.3 C2 - Residual Flow : 6750 City Water Adjusted to Pump Inlet for Pf - Elev - Hose Flow Al - Adjusted Static: 95.420 A2-AdjResid : 77.518 @1000 A3 - Adj Resid : 55.656 @ 1500 Pump Data: P1 - Pump Churn Pressure : 66 P2 - Pump Rated Pressure : 60 P2 - Pump Rated Flow : 1000 P3 - Pump Pressure @ Max Flow : 39 P3 - Pump Max Flow : 1500 City Residual Flow @ 0 = 18393.69 City Residual Flow @ 20 = 16378.02 City Water @ 150% of Pump = 102.50 180 168 156 P 144 R 132 E 120 108 96 u 84 R 72 E 60 48 36 24 12 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750 FLOW (N A 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Diagram Western Fire Protection Inc Page 3 Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I Date 9-1-17 250 HI +- RFI 250 500 H2 - RFI#- SPI#- SM 500 250 250 H3 RF2- SP2_ SM _ SMI 250 t 7501 I 75q 1000 250 25q I H4 - RF3€- 5P3<- SMI+- P0 250 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 P1 +- TSR.- BSP_ FLG.-- DI _ BFI- SF2.-- SRC 1000 1000 1000 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.521 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fittings Used Summary Western Fire Protection Inc Page 4 Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I Date 9-1-17 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 % 1 11/4 11/2 2 2Y2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 B NFPA 13 Butterfly Valve 0 0 0 0 0 6 7 10 0 12 9 10 12 19 21 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 13 45 Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zcf Colt C300N Butt Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Unit Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with . The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Summary - NFPA 2007 Western Fire Protection Inc Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I SUPPLYANALYSIS Node at Static Residual Available Source Pressure Pressure Flow Pressure I Page 5 Date 9-1-17 Total Demand Required Pressure P0 See Information on Pump Curve 137.518 1000.0 137.218 SRC 103.5 87.3 6750.0 103.027 1000.0 103.027 NODE ANALYSIS Pressure Discharge Node Tag Elevation Node Type at Node at Node I Notes I Hi 37.0 100.0 H2 37.0 100.0 RF1 37.0 109.44 SPi 9.58 121.82 H3 37.0 101.78 RF2 37.0 111.23 SP2 9.58 123.24 SM 9.58 123.55 H4 37.0 106.99 RF3 37.0 116.43 5P3 9.58 128.44 SM1 9.58 128.74 P0 1.42 137.22 P1 1.42 77.52 TSR 9.58 80.65 BSR 2.08 84.6 FLG 0.0 86.16 DI -5.0 89.08 BF1 -5.0 90.71 BF2 -5.0 100.5 SRC -5.0 103.03 250.0 250.0 I 250.0 I 250.0 I I I I I I I I I I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 I Western Fire Protection Inc Page 6 Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-I Date 9-1-17 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt • to Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act or Eqv. Ln. Ftngs Total Pf/Ft Pe Pf Notes I HI 37 +250.00 250.00 2.5 T 12.0 31.830 120 100.000 to 0.0 12.000 0.0 RFI 37 250.0 2.469 0.0 43.830 0.2154 9.441 Vel = 16.75 I 0.0 RFI 250.00 109.441 K Factor= 23.90 H2 37 +250.00 250.00 2.5 T 12.0 31.830 120 100.000 0.0 12.000 0.0 I to RF1 37 250.0 2.469 0.0 43.830 0.2154 9.441 Vet = 16.75 RFI 37 250.00 6 T 37.72 27.420 120 109.441 I to SP1 9.580 500.0 6.357 0.0 0.0 37.720 65.140 0.0078 11.876 0.506 Vet = 5.05 SP1 9.580 0.0 6 B 12.573 145.500 120 121.823 to E 17.603 76.697 0.0 SM 9.580 500.0 6.357 F 8.801 222.197 0.0078 1.724 Vet = 5.05 I T 37.72 0.0 SM 500.00 123.547 K Factor= 44.98 I H3 37 +250.00 250.00 2.5 T 12.0 31.830 120 101.785 to 0.0 12.000 0.0 RF2 37 250.0 2.469 0.0 43.830 0.2154 9.441 Vet = 16.75 I RF2 37 0.0 6 T 37.72 27.420 120 111.226 to 0.0 37.720 11.876 SP2 9.580 250.0 6.357 0.0 65.140 0.0021 0.140 Vet = 2.53 SP2 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 86.330 120 123.242 I to T 37.72 55.323 0.0 SM 9.580 250.0 6.357 0.0 141.653 0.0022 0.305 Vet = 2.53 SM 9.580 500.00 6 B 12.573 212.750 120 123.547 I to E 17.603 103.101 0.0 SM1 9.580 750.0 6.357 4F 35.205 315.851 0.0164 5.190 Vet = 7.58 T 37.72 0.0 I SM1 750.00 128.737 K Factor = 66.10 H4 37 +250.00 250.00 2.5 T 12.0 31.830 120 106.988 I to RF3 37 250.0 2.469 0.0 0.0 12.000 43.830 0.2154 0.0 9.441 Vet = 16.75 RF3 37 0.0 6 T 37.72 27.420 120 116.429 to 0.0 37.720 11.876 SP3 9.580 250.0 6.357 0.0 65.140 0.0021 0.140 Vet = 2.53 I SP3 9.580 0.0 6 B 12.573 67.750 120 128.445 to E 17.603 67.896 0.0 SM1 9.580 250.0 6.357 T 37.72 135.646 0.0022 0.292 Vet = 2.53 I SM1 9.580 750.00 6 5E 88.014 36.000 120 128.737 to B 12.573 140.822 3.534 P0 1.420 1000.0 6.357 S 40.235 176.822 0.0280 4.947 Vet= 10.11 I 0.0 P0 1000.00 137.218 K Factor= 85.37 System Demand Pressure 137.218 Safety Margin 0.300 I Continuation Pressure 137.518 I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams Western Fire Protection Inc Page 7 Viasat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P-i Date 9-1-17 Nodei Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftng's Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqv. L. Total Pf/Ft Pf Pressure @ Pump Outlet 137.518 Pressure From Pump Curve -60.000 Pressure @ Pump Inlet 77.518 P1 1.420 0.0 6 G 3772 111.170 120 77.518 to 7E 123.219 126.991 -3.534 TSR 9.580 1000.0 6.357 00 238.161 0.0280 6.663 Vet= 10.11 TSR 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 7.500 120 80.647 to 00 17.603 3.248 BSR 2.080 1000.0 6.357 0.0 25.103 0.0280 0.703 Vet= 10.11 BSR 2.080 0.0 6 E 17.603 6.080 120 84.598 to 0.0 17.603 0.901 FLG 0 1000.0 6.357 0.0 23.683 0.0280 0.662 Vet= 10.11 FLG 0 0.0 6 E 22.818 12.000 150 86.161 to 0.0 22.818 2.166 Dl -5 1000.0 6.16 0.0 34.818 0.0216 0.751 Vet = 10.77 Dl -5 0.0 6 E 21.583 50.000 150 89.078 to 0.0 21.583 0.0 BF1 -5 1000.0 6.09 0.0 71.583 0.0228 1.634 Vet = 11.01 BF1 -5 0.0 6 T 43.037 20.000 140 90.712 to 2E 40.168 83.205 7.255 * Fixed Loss = 7.255 BF2 -5 1000.0 6.16 Zcf 0.0 103.205 0.0245 2.530 Vel = 10.77 BF2 -5 0.0 6 G 4..625 60.000 150 100.497 to T 46.249 50.874 0.0 SRC -5 1000.0 6.09 0.0 110.874 0.0228 2.530 Vet = 11.01 0.0 SRC 1000.00 103.027 K Factor= 98.52 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 9W..L1..M.q - - Fire Protection by Computer Design Western Fire Protection Inc 13630 Danielson St. Poway, CA 92064 858-513-4949 Job Name : ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Building Location : 2456 Town Garden Rd. Carlsbad, CA System : Area #1 Contract : C-3455 Data File : C-3455 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Ground Level Area I .WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Western Fire Protection Inc ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Location: 2456 Town Garden Rd., Carlsbad, CA Drawing no: Date: 8-15-17 Design Remote area number: Area #1 Remote area location: Ground Level SE Corner Occupancy classification: Ordinary Hazard 1 Density: .15 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 400 - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: 11.2K ECOH Upright 200° No. of sprinklers calculated: 7 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 250 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 703.037 -GPM Type of system: Wet Tree! Combination Class I Standpipe Volume of dry orpreaction system: N/A - Gal Page 1 Date 8-15-17 @ 77.550 - Psi Water supply information Date: 7-11-17 Location: Hydrant Adjacent To Service Lateral Connection Source: Carlsbad Fire Department Name of contractor: Western Fire Protection Inc Address: 13630 Danielson St.! ! Poway, CA 92064 Phone number: 858-513-4949 Name of designer: C. Hollands Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Fire Department Notes: (Include peaking information or gridded systems here.) A 10% reduction has been taken prior to data entry. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Water Supply Curve C Western Fire Protection Inc Page 2 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 City Water Supply: Pump Data: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 103.5 P1 - Pump Churn Pressure : 66 Dl - Elevation : 15.882 C2 - Residual Pressure: 87.3 P2 - Pump Rated Pressure : 60 D2 - System Flow : 453.037 C2 - Residual Flow : 6750 P2 - Pump Rated Flow : 1000 D2 - System Pressure :134.057 P3 - Pump Pressure @ Max Flow : 39 Hose ( Demand) City Water Adjusted to Pump Inlet P3 - Pump Max Flow : 1500 D3 - System Demand : 453.037 for Pf - Elev - Hose Flow City Residual Flow @ 0 = 18393.69 Hose (Adj City) : 250 Al - Adjusted Static: 95.383 City Residual Flow @ 20 = 16378.02 Safety Margin : 25.703 A2 - Adj Resid : 77.276 @ 1000 City Water @ 150% of Pump = 102.50 A3 - Adj Resid : 55.325 @ 1500 180 168 A1 -?1 156 p144 z+I-' R 132 E 120 108 A W - 96 - — C2 U84 c,1 JU R72 A3 E6° 48 36 24 12 • _I_.I I I I I I ___________________________ 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750 FLOW (N ' 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Diagram I Western Fire Protection Inc Page 3 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 I 67.9 SI +- 30 66.3 I S2 .- S3 - 31 1' 133 I 133 67. S4_31 60.3 S5 +- S6 <-K 1 12019 I 12q.9 184.2 63. I S7<_X <-32 184.2 67.9 453 453 453 453 453 30 <- 31 <- 32 <- 33 <- 34 <- 35 <- FM <-. TR3<-. B3<- - SP2<- SM SMI<-. P0 268.8 453 453 453 453 453 453 453 453 453 P1 - TSR<- BSP.<- FLG<_ DI <- BFI<- BF2<- SRC 453 453 453 Compiter Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fittings Used Summary Western Fire Protection Inc Page 4 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 1Y2 2 2'/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 B NFPA 13 Butterfly Valve 0 0 0 0 0 6 7 10 0 12 9 10 12 19 21 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90 Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 1345Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 I NFPA 139O Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zcf Colt C300N Butt Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Unit Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with *• The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Summary - NFPA 2007 Western Fire Protection Inc ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Node at Static Residual Source Pressure Pressure I Page 5 Date 8-15-17 SUPPLY ANALYSIS Available Flow Pressure Total Demand Required Pressure P0 See Information on Pump Curve 159.76 SRC 103.5 87.3 6750.0 103.253 NODE ANALYSIS Pressure Discharge Node Tag Elevation Node Type at Node at Node 453.04 134.057 703.04 103.253 I Notes I Si 31.67 11.2 36.77 S2 31.67 11.2 35.05 S3 31.67 11.2 35.45 S4 31.67 11.2 36.8 S5 31.67 11.2 29.0 S6 31.67 11.2 29.28 S7 31.67 11.2 31.91 X 31.67 32.38 30 31.67 37.53 31 31.67 37.57 32 31.67 38.63 33 31.67 44.8 34 31.67 59.03 35 31.67 87.54 FM 31.67 102.01 TR3 31.67 104.7 BR3 25.67 119.22 SP2 9.58 126.54 SM 9.58 127.45 SM1 9.58 129.49 P0 1.42 134.06 P1 1.42 93.77 TSR 9.58 91.77 BSR 2.08 95.19 FLG 0.0 96.24 Dl -5.0 98.58 BF1 -5.0 98.96 BF2 -5.0 102.67 SRC -5.0 103.25 67.91 66.31 66.68 67.95 60.31 60.61 63.26 I I I I I 250.0 1 I I I I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Western Fire Protection Inc Page 6 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 Nodel Elevl K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt - to Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act or Eqv. Ln. Ftngs Total Pf/Ft Pe Pf Notes ' SI 31.670 11.20 67.91 2 T 13.639 9.000 120 36.768 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 30 31.670 67.91 2.203 0.0 22.639 0.0337 0.763 Vel = 5.72 I 0.0 30 67.91 37.531 K Factor= 11.09 S2 31.670 11.20 66.31 2 0.0 12.500 120 35.048 0.0 0.0 0.0 I to S3 31.670 66.31 2.203 0.0 12.500 0.0322 0.402 Vel = 5.58 S3 31.670 11.20 66.68 2 T 13.639 4.500 120 35.450 I 31 31.670 to 0.0 132.99 2.203 0.0 13.639 18.139 0.1168 0.0 2.118 Vel= 11.19 0.0 31 132.99 37.568 KFactor= 21.70 I S4 31.670 11.20 67.95 2 T 13.639 9.000 120 36.805 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 31 31.670 67.95 2.203 0.0 22.639 0.0337 0.763 Vel = 5.72 0.0 I 31 67.95 37.568 K Factor= 11.09 S5 31.670 11.20 60.31 2 0.0 10.500 120 29.000 0.0 0.0 0.0 I to S6 31.670 60.31 2.203 0.0 10.500 0.0270 0.284 Vel = 5.08 S6 31.670 11.20 60.61 2 T 13.639 18.000 120 29.284 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 31.670 120.92 2.203 0.0 31.639 0.0979 3.098 Vel = 10.18 I x 0.0 x 120.92 32.382 KFactor= 21.25 S7 31.670 11.20 63.26 2 T 13.639 2.420 120 31.907 I to 0.0 13.639 0.0 X 31.670 63.26 2.203 0.0 16.059 0.0296 0.475 Vet = 5.32 X 31.670 120.93 2 T 13.639 15.670 120 32.382 I to 0.0 13.639 0.0 32 31.670 184.19 2.203 0.0 29.309 0.2132 6.250 Vet = 15.50 0.0 32 184.19 38.632 KFactor= 29.63 I 30 31.670 67.91 3 0.0 8.000 120 37.531 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 ' 31 31.670 67.91 3.31 0.0 8.000 0.0046 0.037 Vet = 2.53 31 31.670 200.94 3 0.0 18.000 120 37.568 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 32 31.670 268.85 3.31 0.0 18.000 0.0591 1.064 Vet = 10.02 32 31.670 184.19 3 T 21.71 18.000 120 38.632 I to 0.0 21.710 0.0 33 31.670 453.04 3.31 0.0 39.710 0.1552 6.164 Vel = 16.89 I 33 to 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 0.0 70.000 21.710 120 44.796 0.0 34 31.670 453.04 3.31 0.0 91.710 0.1552 14.234 Vel = 16.89 34 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 162.000 120 59.030 to 0.0 21.710 0.0 I 35 31.670 453.04 3.31 0.0 183.710 0.1552 28.515 Vel = 16.89 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Final Calculations - Hazen-Williams I Western Fire Protection Inc Page 7 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 1 Nodel Etevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftng's Pe ******* Notes Node2 Elev2 Fact Qt Act Eqv. Ln. Total P1/Ft P1 35 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 71.500 120 87.545 1 to 0.0 21.710 0.0 FM 31.670 453.04 3.31 0.0 93.210 0.1552 14.468 Vet = 16.89 FM 31.670 0.0 3 E 10.132 7.170 120 102.013 to 0.0 10.132 0.0 TR3 31.670 453.04 3.31 0.0 17.302 0.1552 2.686 Vet = 16.89 TR3 31.670 0.0 3 E 10.132 7.330 120 104.699 to T 21.71 69.474 2.599 BR3 25.670 453.04 3.31 B 14.474 76.804 0.1552 11.920 Vel= 16.89 S 23.158 BR3 25.670 0.0 6 T 37.72 16.080 120 119.218 to 0.0 37.720 6.969 SP2 9.580 453.04 6.357 0.0 53.800 0.0065 0.348 Vet = 4.58 SP2 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 86.330 120 126.535 to T 37.72 55.323 0.0 SM 9.580 453.04 6.357 0.0 141.653 0.0065 0.916 Vet = 4.58 SM 9.580 0.0 6 B 12.573 212.750 120 127.451 to E 17.603 103.101 0.0 SM1 9.580 453.04 6.357 4F 35.205 315.851 0.0065 2.042 Vet = 4.58 T 37.72 SM1 9.580 0.0 6 4E 70.411 36.000 120 129.493 to B 12.573 123.219 3.534 P0 1.420 453.04 6.357 S 40.235 159.219 0.0065 1.030 Vet = 4.58 0.0 P0 453.04 . 134.057 K Factor= 39.13 System Demand Pressure 134.057 Safety Margin 25.703 Continuation Pressure 159.760 Pressure @ Pump Outlet 159.760 Pressure From Pump Curve -65.992 Pressure @ Pump Inlet 93.768 Pt 1.420 0.0 6 G 3.772 111.170 120 93.768 to 7E 123.219 126.991 -3.534 TSR 9.580 453.04 6.357 0.0 238.161 0.0065 1.540 Vet = 4.58 TSR 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 7.500 120 91.774 to 0.0 17.603 3.248 BSR 2.080 453.04 6.357 0.0 25.103 0.0065 0.163 Vet = 4.58 BSR 2.080 0.0 6 E 17.603 6.080 120 95.185 to 0.0 17.603 0.901 FLG 0 453.04 6.357 0.0 23.683 0.0065 0.153 Vet = 4.58 FLG 0 0.0 6 E 22.818 12.000 150 96.239 to 0.0 22.818 2.166 DI -5 453.04 6.16 0.0 34.818 0.0050 0.173 Vet = 4.88 Dl -5 0.0 6 E 21.583 50.000 150 98.578 to 0.0 21.583 0.0 BF1 -5 453.04 6.09 0.0 71.583 0.0053 0.378 Vet = 4.99 BF1 -5 0.0 6 T 43.037 20.000 140 98.956 to 2E 40.168 83.205 3.128 * Fixed Loss = 3.128 BF2 -5 453.04 6.16 Zcf 0.0 103.205 0.0057 0.584 Vet = 4.88 Computer Progams by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 1 I Final Calculations - Hazen -Williams Western Fire Protection Inc Page 8 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act or Eqv. Ln. Ftngs Total P1/Ft Pe P1 Notes BF2 -5 0.0 6 G 4.625 60.000 150 102.668 to T 46.249 50.874 0.0 SRC -5 453.04 6.09 0.0 110.874 0.0053 0.585 Vel = 4.99 I 250.00 Qa = 250.00 SRC 703.04 103.253 K Factor= 69.19 I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 I I I I I I I I - - Fire Protection by Computer Design Western Fire Protection Inc 13630 Danielson St. Poway, CA 92064 858-513-4949 I LI Job Name : ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Building Location : 2456 Town Garden Rd., Carlsbad, CA System : Area #2 Contract C-3455 Data File : C-3455 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Ground Level Area 2.WXF Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 I I I I I I I I 1 Page 1 Date 8-15-17 Western Fire Protection Inc ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS for Project name: ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Ga.-age P1 Location: 2456 Town Garden Rd., Carlsbad, CA Drawing no: Date: 8-15-17 Design Remote area number: Area #2 Remote area location: Ground Level End Of Down Ramp Occupancy classification: Ordinary Hazard 1 Density: .15 - Gpm/SqFt Area of application: 1500 - SqFt Coverage per sprinkler: 400 - SqFt Type of sprinklers calculated: 11.2K ECOH Upright 200° No. of sprinklers calculated: 7 In-rack demand: N/A - GPM Hose streams: 250 - GPM Total water required (including hose streams): 694.504 - GPM Type of system: Wet Tree! Combination Class I Standpipe Volume of dry or preaction system: N/A - Gal @ EI.986-Psi Water supply information Date: 7-11-17 Location: Hydrant Adjacent To Service Lateral Connection Source: Carlsbad Fire Department Name of contractor: Western Fire Protection Inc Address: 13630 Danielson St. / / Poway, CA 92064 Phone number: 858-513-4949 Name of designer: C. Hollands Authority having jurisdiction: Carlsbad Fire Department Notes: (Include peaking information or griddea' systems here.) A 10% reduction Ias been taken prior to data entry. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Water Supply Curve C Western Fire Protection Inc Page 2 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 City Water Supply: Pump Data: Demand: Cl - Static Pressure : 103.5 P1 - Pump Churn Pressure : 66 Dl - Elevation : 13.786 C2 - Residual Pressure: 87.3 P2 - Pump Rated Pressure : 60 D2 - System Flow : 444.504 C2 - Residual Flow : 6750 P2 - Pump Rated Flow : 1000 D2 - System Pressure :138.624 P3 - Pump Pressure © Max Flow : 39 Hose ( Demand) City Water Adjusted to Pump Inlet P3 - Pump Max Flow : 1500 D3 - System Demand : 444.504 for Pf - Elev - Hose Flow City Residual Flow @ 0 = 18393.69 Hose (Adj City) : 250 Al - Adjusted Static: 95.383 City Residual Flow @20 = 16378.02 Safety Margin : 21.273 A2-Adj Resid : 77.276 @1000 City Water@ 150%ofPump = 102.50 A3-AdjResid : 55.325 @1500 180 168 AtP1 156 p144 2+Pz R132 E 120 108 _& T— rp — ____ ___________ S 96 U 84 - C2 ç1T2 R72 --4 A3 E6° 48 36 24 12 "o'r I.I.I.I.I.... ... I. .. .. I.... 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 4500 5250 6000 6750 FLOW (NA 1.85) Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Diagram Western Fire Protection Inc Page 3 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 60.3 P1 - P2 - 36 121 60.4 P3 - P4 - 36 1213 I 242.4 66.5 P5 +- P6 _ 37 T 13315 I 13.5 444.5 68.1 I P7-37 I 242.4 I 444.5 44.4.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 36 37 33 34 35 FM - TR3<- BR3 SP24- SM - SM1 P0 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 444.5 P1 - TSR BSR FLG4- DI - BFI4- BF2<- SRC 444.5 444.5 444.5 Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fittings Used Summary Western Fire ProTection Inc Page 4 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 Fitting Legend Abbrev. Name 1/2 3/4 1 1% 11/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 B NFPA 13 Butterfly Valve 0 0 0 0 0 6 7 10 0 12 9 10 12 19 21 0 0 0 0 0 E NFPA 13 90' Standard Elbow 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 18 22 27 35 40 45 50 61 F NFPA 13 45'Elbow 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 5 7 9 11 13 17 19 21 24 28 G NFPA 13 Gate Valve 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 13 S NFPA 13 Swing Check 0 0 5 7 9 11 14 16 19 22 27 32 45 55 65 T NFPA 139O' Flow thruTee 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 15 17 20 25 30 35 50 60 71 81 91 101 121 Zcf Colt C300N Butt Fitting generates a Fixed Loss Based on Flow Unit Summary Diameter Units Inches Length Units Feet Flow Units US Gallons per Minute Pressure Units Pounds per Square Inch Note: Fitting Legend provides equivalent pipe lengths for fittings types of various diameters. Equivalent lengths shown are standard for actual diameters of Sched 40 pipe and CFactors of 120 except as noted with . The fittings marked with a * show equivalent lengths values supplied by manufacturers based on specific pipe diameters and CFactors and they require no adjustment. All values for fittings not marked with a * will be adjusted in the calculation for CFactors of other than 120 and diameters other than Sched 40 per NFPA. Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Flow Summary - NFPA 2007 Western Fire Protection Inc ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 SUPPLYANALYSIS Node at Static Residual Available Source Pressure Pressure Flow Pressure P0 See Information on Pump Curve 159.897 SRC 103.5 87.3 6750.0 103.259 NODE ANALYSIS Pressure Discharge Node Tag Elevation Node Type at Node at Node P1 26.83 11.2 29.0 60.31 P2 26.83 11.2 29.41 60.73 P3 26.83 11.2 29.12 60.44 P4 26.83 11.2 29.53 60.86 P5 26.0 11.2 35.26 66.51 P6 26.0 11.2 35.75 66.96 P7 26.0 11.2 37.61 68.68 36 26.83 31.54 37 26.0 38.31 33 31.67 53.49 34 31.67 65.74 35 31.67 93.27 FM 31.67 107.24 TR3 31.67 109.83 BR3 25.67 123.94 SP2 9.58 131.24 SM 9.58 132.12 SMI 9.58 134.1 P0 1.42 138.62 P1 1.42 93.91 TSR 9.58 91.86 BSR 2.08 95.26 FLG 0.0 96.31 DI -5.0 98.65 BF1 -5.0 99.01 BF2 -5.0 102.69 SRC -5.0 103.26 250.0 I Page 5 Date 8-15-17 1 Total Demand Required Pressure 444.5 138.624 694.5 103.259 I Notes I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 1 EOD Western Fire Protection Inc Page 6 I ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to Node2 Elev2 Fact at Act or Eqv. Ln. Ftngs Total Pf/Ft Pe Pf ******* Notes I P1 26.830 11.20 60.31 2 0.0 15.000 120 29.000 to 0.0 0.0 0.0 P2 26.830 60.31 2.203 0.0 15.000 0.0271 0.406 Vel = 5.08 I P2 26.830 11.20 60.74 2 T 13.639 8.170 120 29.406 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 36 26.830 121.05 2.203 0.0 21.809 0.0981 2.139 Vel = 10.19 0.0 I 36 121.05 31.545 KFactor 21.55 P3 26.830 11.20 60.44 2 0.0 15.000 120 29.122 0.0 0.0 0.0 I to P4 26.830 60.44 2.203 0.0 15.000 0.0271 0.407 Vel = 5.09 P4 26.830 11.20 60.86 2 T 13.639 6.830 120 29.529 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 36 26.830 121.3 2.203 0.0 20.469 0.0985 2.016 Vel = 10.21 I 0.0 36 121.30 31.545 KFactor= 21.60 P5 26 11.20 66.51 2 0.0 15.000 120 35.261 I to 0.0 0.0 0.0 P6 26 66.51 2.203 0.0 15.000 0.0324 0.486 Vel = 5.60 P6 26 11.20 66.96 2 T 13.639 8.170 120 35.747 I to 0.0 13.639 0.0 37 26 133.47 2.203 0.0 21.809 0.1175 2.563 Vel = 11.23 0.0 ' 37 133.47 38.310 KFactor= 21.56 P7 26 11.20 68.68 2 T 13.639 6.830 120 37.607 to 0.0 13.639 0.0 37 26 68.68 2.203 0.0 20.469 0.0343 0.703 Vel = 5.78 I 0.0 37 68.68 38.310 KFactor= 11.10 36 26.830 242.35 2 0.0 18.080 120 31.545 0.0 0.0 0.359 I to 37 26 242.35 2.203 0.0 18.080 0.3543 6.406 Vel = 20.40 37 26 202.15 3 T 21.71 96.000 120 38.310 0.0 21.710 -2.456 I to 33 31.670 444.5 3.31 0.0 117.710 0.1499 17.640 Vel = 16.57 33 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 60.000 120 53.494 to 0.0 21.710 0.0 34 31.670 444.5 3.31 0.0 81.710 0.1498 12.244 Vel = 16.57 I 34 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 162.000 120 65.738 to 0.0 21.710 0.0 35 31.670 444.5 3.31 0.0 183.710 0.1499 27.529 Vel = 16.57 I 35 31.670 0.0 3 T 21.71 71.500 120 93.267 to 0.0 21.710 0.0 FM 31.670 444.5 3.31 0.0 93.210 0.1499 13.968 Vel = 16.57 I FM 31.670 0.0 3 E 10.132 7.170 120 107.235 to 0.0 10.132 0.0 TR3 31.670 444.5 3.31 0.0 17.302 0.1499 2.593 Vel = 16.57 TR3 31.670 0.0 3 E 10.132 7.330 120 109.828 I to T 21.71 69.474 2.599 BR3 25.670 444.5 3.31 B 14.474 76.804 0.1498 11.509 Vel = 16.57 I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 Final Calculations Hazen -Williams I - Western Fire Protection Inc Page 7 ViaSat Bressi Ranch Parking Garage P1 Date 8-15-17 I Nodel Elevi K Qa Nom Fitting Pipe CFact Pt to or Ftngs Pe ******* Notes Node2 EIev2 Fact Qt Act Eqv. Ln. Total Pf/Ft Pf S 23.158 1 BR3 25.670 0.0 6 T 37.72 16.080 120 123.936 to 0.0 37.720 6.969 SP2 9.580 444.5 6.357 0.0 53.800 0.0062 0.335 Vel = 4.49 SP2 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 86.330 120 131.240 to T 37.72 55.323 0.0 SM 9.580 444.5 6.357 0.0 141.653 0.0062 0.884 Vel = 4.49 SM 9.580 0.0 6 B 12.573 212.750 120 132.124 to E 17.603 103.101 0.0 SM1 9.580 444.5 6.357 4F T 35.205 37.72 315.851 0.0062 1.972 Vel = 4.49 SM1 9.580 0.0 6 4E 70.411 36.000 120 134.096 to B 12.573 123.219 3.534 P0 1.420 444.5 6.357 5 40.235 159.219 0.0062 0.994 Vel = 4.49 0.0 P0 444.50 138.624 K Factor = 37.75 System Demand Pressure 138.624 Safety Margin 21 .273 Continuation Pressure 159.897 Pressure @ Pump Outlet 159.897 Pressure From Pump Curve -65.992 Pressure @ Pump Inlet 93.905 P1 1.420 0.0 6 G 3.772 111.170 120 93.905 to 7E 123.219 126.991 -3.534 TSR 9.580 444.5 6.357 0.0 238.161 0.0062 1.487 Vel = 4.49 TSR 9.580 0.0 6 E 17.603 7.500 120 91.858 to 0.0 17.603 3.248 BSR 2.080 444.5 6.357 0.0 25.103 0.0063 0.157 Vel = 4.49 BSR 2.080 0.0 6 E 17.603 6.080 120 95.263 to 0.0 17.603 0.901 FLG 0 444.5 6.357 0.0 23.683 0.0062 0.148 Vel = 4.49 FLG 0 0.0 6 E 22.818 12.000 150 96.312 to 0.0 22.818 2.166 DI -5 444.5 6.16 0.0 34.818 0.0048 0.167 Vel = 4.79 DI -5 0.0 6 E 21.583 50.000 150 98.645 to 0.0 21.583 0.0 BF1 -5 444.5 6.09 0.0 71.583 0.0051 0.364 Vel = 4.90 BFI -5 0.0 6 T 43.037 20.000 140 99.009 to 2E 40.168 83.205 3.120 * Fixed Loss = 3.12 BF2 -5 444.5 6.16 Zcf 0.0 103.205 0.0055 0.565 Vel = 4.79 BF2 -5 0.0 6 G 4.625 60.000 150 102.694 to T 46.249 50.874 0.0 SRC -5 444.5 6.09 0.0 110.874 0.0051 0.565 Vel = 4.90 250.00 Qa = 250.00 SRC 694.50 103.259 K Factor = 68.35 I Computer Programs by Hydratec Inc. Revision: 50.52.1 1 EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD UPRIGHT GLII2I EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD PENDENT. RECESSED PENDENT GLIII3 A Ilk own FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION I EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD A U TO MA TIC SPRINKLERS MODELS GLII2I & GLIII3 UPRIGHT • PENDENT RECESSED PENDENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION The Globe CL Series Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Extra Large Orifice Sprinkler is a low profile yet durable design which utilizes a 3mm frangible glass ampule as the thermosensitive element. While the sprinkler provides an aesthetically pleasing appearance, it serves to protect various areas of coverage. This sprinkler series is available in various styles, temperature ratings and several finishes to meet many varying design requirements. The Globe GL Series Extended Coverage Ordinary Hazard Extra Large Orifice Sprinkler is to be installed per NFPA 13 guidelines. The heart of Globe's GL Series sprinkler proven actuat- ing assembly is a hermetically sealed frangible glass ampule that contains a precisely measured amount of fluid. When heat is absorbed, the liquid within the bulb expands increasing the internal pressure. At the prescribed temperature the internal pressure within the ampule exceeds the strength of the glass causing the glass to shatter. This results in water discharge which is distributed in an approved pattern depending upon the deflector style used. TECHNICAL DATA See reverse side for Approvals and Specifications. Temperature Ratings - 155°F (68°C), 175°F (79°C), 200°F (93°C), 286°F (141°C) Water Working Pressure Rating -175 psi (12 Bars) Factory tested hydrostatically to 500 psi (34 Bars) Maximum low temperature glass bulb rating is 670F(-550C) Frame - bronze• Deflector - brass • Screw - brass Bulb seat - copper• Spring - nickel alloy • Seal - teflon Bulb - glass with alcohol based solution, 3mm size Escutcheon Assembly - steel I [1 I I I I Li I I I Li Li 1 I 'SPRINKLER TEMPERATURE RATING/CLASSIFICATION and COLOR CODING CLASSIFICATION AVAILABLE SPRINKLER BULB COLOR N.F.P.A. MAXIMUM CEILING TEMPERATURES TEMPERATURE ORDINARY 155°F 68°C RED 100°F 38°C INTERMEDIATE 175°F/200°F 79°C/93°C YELLOW/GREEN 150°F 66°C HIGH 286°F 141°C BLUE 225°F 107°C I NOV 2016 GFS-255 (Formerly A-79) EXTENDED COVERAGE ORDINARY HAZARD EXTRA LARGE ORIFICE A U TO MA TIC SPRINKLERS MODELS GL1121 & GL1113 UPRIGHT e PENDENT e PENDENT RECESSED SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS NOMINAL THREAD SIZE LENGTH FINISHES cULuE "K" FACTOR Factory Bronze 11.2 3/4"NPT 27/16 Chrome (160 metric) (20mm) (6.2cm) White Polyester' X B13ck_Polyester3'3 NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. 2FINISHES AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER. 'AVAILABLE AS cULus LISTED CORROSION RESISTANT WHEN SPECIFIED ON ORDER cULus LISTING DESIGN - USE REQUIREMENTS FOR ORDINARY HAZARD C\JLY TEMPERATURES MAX. AREA OF ORDINARY GROUP 1 ORDINARY GFOUP 2 155°F 175°F 200°F 286°F MIN. MIN. M N. MIN. RESPONSE SIN MODEL STYLE COVERAGE (68°C) (79°C) (93°C) (141°C) LENGTH xWIDTH PRESSURE FLOW PRESSURE =LOW Foot (deters) Psi. (bars) G.P.M. (Urni,-..) P.S. (b,-s) S.F M. (UmS.) GL1121 UPRIGHT QUICK RESPONSE _______ X --- X --- 14(4.3):(14:4.3) 7(.48) 30(114) 12 .83) 3D(148) PENDENT GL1113 RECESSED PENDENT GL1121 UPRIGHT 16(4.9) < 16 4.9) 12(.83) 39(148) 21 (1.45) 51 (193) STANDARD RESPONSE X X X X PENDENT 18(5.5)K 18(5.5) 19(1.31) 49(185) 34c2.34) 1555 (246) GL1113 RECESSED PENDENT 20(6.1) K 20(6.1) 29(2.0) 60(2271 51 (3.52) SD (303) NOTE: METRIC CONVERSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. SPRINKLERS SHALL BE LIMITED AS PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA13 AND ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENTS. FOR COVERAGE AREA DIMENSIONS LESS THAN OR BETWEEN THOSE INDICATED, USE THE MINIMUM FLOW FOR THE NEXT HIGHEST COVERAGE AREA FOR WHICH HYDRAULIC DESIGN CRITERIAARE STATED. MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS (GL1121) IS 11 FEET (3.4 METERS). MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN PENDENT SPRINKLERS (GL1113) IS FEET (2.7 METERS). —2 15/16 DIA. 2" 01.5. MIN. I - HOLE IN CEILING1 129/32 DIA.-1 ORDERING INFORMATION ---------1x3/4 REDUCER SPECIFY Quantity . Model Number ° Style Orifica Thread Size Temperature• Finishes desired / Quantity - Wrenches - P'N 33300 Quantity - Recessed Wrenches - P/N 333011 RETAINER1 CEILING-' f 1" MIS. 13/4' MAX. CROSS SECTION I/S MIS. GLOBE® PRODUCT WARRANTY 8 Globe agrees to repair or replace any of its own manufactured products found to be defective in material or w:rkmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. For specif c details of our warranty please refer to Prce List Terms and Conditions of Sale (Our Price List). 0&6M M FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION NOV 2016 4077 AIRPARK DRIVE, STANDIS-I, MICHIGAN 48658 989-846-4583 FAX 989-846-9231 1-800-248-0278 www.globesprinkIer.com PRINTED U.S.A. GFS-255 (Formerly A-7E) I I I I The Cost Effective Replacement for Schedule 10 Realizing the growing need of fire protection systems systems with a working pressure of 300 psi or less. I in commercial and residential construction, Bull Please check with appropriate sources for up-to-date Moose Tube has added Eddy Flow to its listings and approval information. comprehensive line of sprinkler pipe products. I I I Eddy Flow is a specially engineered replacement for schedule 10, offering better flow characteristics while providing design flexibility. This product is FM approved, as well as UL listed (for U.S. and Canada) for roll grooving and welding for use in fire protection COMPARISON As an added benefit, it is more economical to use than schedule 10 due to reduced delivery costs and ease of handling. Furthermore, Eddy Flow's larger ID provides an opportunity for downsizing and further cost savings. ~~~J WINSIDEIKA51VIETEU iz-el(In INarninflalijip-iWMv FIow (in U4Q low e4O 11/4 1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.98 1.00 11/2 1.900 1.728 1.682 1.610 3.44 1.00 2 2.375 2.203 2.157 2.067 2.78 1.00 2 1/2 2.875 2.705 2.635 2.469 1.66 1.00 3 3.500 3.334 3.260 3.068 1.00 1.00 4 4.500 4.310 4.260 4.026 1.00 1.00 * Corrosion Resistance Ratio Dual Certified to ASTM A135 andA795. FM Approved for roll grooved, and welded, and plain-end application in wet systems. UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada) for joining by welding or by listed rubber gasketed fittings for use in wet, dry, preaction, and deluge type sprinkler systems. UL Listed (for US and Canada) and FM Approved for use with Victaulic® Fif Fittings in plain end applications. Lightweight - saves shipping costs, and offers easier handling. Can be used with roll grooved couplings or welded outlets for pressures up to 300 psi. Floor stock available in various lengths produced in Casa Grande (AZ), Gerald (MO), and Masury (OH). Also can be ordered in custom lengths.. Can be used for wet and dry* systems. * Eddy Flow can be hot dipped galvanized to meet FM'S requirement for dry systems. PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 6 1819 Clarkson Road For additional information, c® us Chesterfield4N, MO 63017 contact your salesperson today at LISTED BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY -- (800) 325-4467 (800) 325-4467 or (636) 537-2600 8 FAX: (636) 537-2645 in the USA, or from Canada www.bullmoosetube.com call (800) 882-4666 ACcompany e-mail:sales()bu11moosetube.com APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 1 8/08 I I L I L I I I I I FM Approved and UL Listed Sprinkler Pipe Bull Moose Tube Company is a recognized producer of quality pipe products. Our Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are FM Approved and UL Listed (for U.S. and Canada), even though these products do not require separate approvals and listings. Bull Moose Tube made the decision to have them approved and listed for your peace of mind. Our Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 have been through the same rigorous testing as our other fine pipe products. Bull Moose Tube's Sch. 10 and Sch. 40 pipes are made to ASTM A135 and ASTM A795. These products are typically supplied with our protective coating but can be supplied without the coating so they can be hot-dip galvanized to meet FM requirements for use in dry systems in accordance with the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or ASTM A53. Schedule 10 Pipe mawlaamm 1 11& a mom Qmmm 1 1.315 1.097 1.41 lbs/ft 91 11/4 1.660 1.442 1.81 lbs/ft 61 11/2 1.900 1.682 , 2.09 lbs/ft 61 2 2.375 2.157 2.64 lbs/ft 37 21/2 2.875 2.635 3.53 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.260 4.34 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 . 4.260 . 5.62 lbs/ft 19 Schedule 40 Pipe IIMW11 IF 11 @mmam I 1 1.315 1.049 1.68 lbs/ft 70 11/4 1.660 1.380 2.27 lbs/ft - 51 11/2 1.900 1.610 2.72 lbs/ft 44 2 2.375 2.067 3.66 lbs/ft 30 2 1/2 2.875 2.468 5.80 lbs/ft 30 3 3.500 3.068 7.58 lbs/ft 19 4 4.500 4.260 10.80 lbs/ft 19 PIPE PREPARATION For proper operation, all pipe surfaces should be cleaned prior to installation. In order to provide a leak-tight seat for the gasket, pipe surfaces should be free from indentations and projections from the end of the pipe to the groove. All loose paint, scale, dirt, chips, grease, and rust must be removed prior to installation. Failure to take these important steps may result in improper coupling assembly, causing leakage. Also, check the manufacturer's instructions for the specific fitting used. 1819 Clarkson Road 6 Chesterfield, For additional information, U C US MO 63017 contact your salesperson BULL MOOSE TUBE COMPANY ' / 3 '800' 325-4467 FAX: (636) 537-2645 ,ortm 2cAA67 today a ,, / or (636) 537-2600 in the USA, LISTED www.bullmoosetube.com or from Canada FM ACROcompany e-mail: sales(bullmoosetube.com call (800) 882-4666 APPROVED All information contained herein is accurate as known at the time of publication. Bull Moose Tube reserves the right to change product specifications without notice and without incurring obligation. 8/08 and FM Approved Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe MEGA-FLOW SPECIFICATIONS Wheatland's Mega-Flow steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved for roll-grooved, plain-end and NPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR MEGA-FLOW U welded joints for wet systems; and UL, C-UL and FM Listed for use with roll-grooved, plain- . schedule Schedule Schedule Nominal Mega-Flow Mega-Flow , 10 40 40 wt./ft. Pcs./Luft end couplings and welded joints for wet, dry 1'/4 1.660 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.80 1.00 1.108 61 preaction and deluge systems. Mega-Thread is FM Approved for use in wet systems and is UL, 1'/z 1.900 1.740 1.682 1.610 2.64 1.00 1.556 61 C-UL and FM Listed for wet, dry and preaction 2 2.375 2.215 2.157 2.067 2.14 100 1.961 37 sprinkler systems. 21/2 2.875 2.707 2.635 2.469 1.43 1.00 2.504 30 Approvals and Specifications U Both products meet or exceed these standards: 3 3.500 3.316 3.260 3.068 1.34 1.00 3.349 19 ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A 4 4.500 4.316 4.260 4.026 1.00 1.00 4.331 19 - NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 Mega-Thread is approved for 6 6.625 6.395 6.357 - 6.065 - .75 - - 1.00 8.000 Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. 10 standard hanger spacing The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). Manufacturing Protocols Mega-Flow and Mega-Thread are subjected to MEGA-THREAD SPECIFICATIONS the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. NIPS NOM OD NOM ID UL CRR MEGA-THREAD • Mega-Thread Schedule Mega-Thread Schedule L.W.T.Pipe Nominal Pcs./Lift • Finishes and Coatings 40 40 wt./ft. Mega-Flow black steel fire sprinkler pipe i 1.315 1.087 1.049 1.00 1.00 .61 1.462 70 receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outlasts 1'A 1.660 1.416 1.380 1.00 1.00 .39 1.989 51 standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows 11/2 1.900 1.650 1.610 1.00 1.00 .31 2.370 44 the pipe to be easily painted without special preparation. Mega-Thread is hot-dip galvanized 2 2.375 2.117 2.067 1.00 1.00 .25 3.094 30 to meet FM requirements for dry systems and Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, (IL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. * The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. is safer to weld than many zinc-coated, light-wall threadable products. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). Product Marking U U FM Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the 1 C a I APPROVED manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. 0, '.v, . .. . . . PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: ENGINEER: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: LOCATIONS: COMMENTS: 0 MEGA-FLOW-BLACK MEGA-THREAD-HOT-DIP GALVANIZED 700 South Dock Street info4wheatIand.com ' 7EeaHaimd Tube Sharon, PA 16146 wheatland.com P 800,257.8182 Follow us on Twitter. F 724.346.7260 pWheatlandTube A DIVISION OFZEKELMANFNDiJSTR(ES FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL, C-UL and FM Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) NFPA13 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe up to 6" receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion-resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot-dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. QMI ORM E11cIN SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES In, mm in. mm , mm lbs/ft. kg/rn CRR Lift 11/4 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 .109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 11/2 . 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 .109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 .109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 2141 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 .120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30 -jL 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 .120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 .120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 .134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 6 6.625 168.3 ,j 6.357 161.5 .134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 , , 8 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 .188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm In. mm In. mm ibs./ft. kg/rn I CRR Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 .133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 11/4 5 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 .140 3.56 2.27 3.39 , 1.00 , 51 1'/s 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 .145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 1 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 .154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 Calculated using Standard UL CRR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CRR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe Is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). IAPPROVED PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: ENGINEER: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: SYSTEM TYPE: LOCATIONS: COMMENTS: I 2 BLACK 0 HOT-DIP GALVANIZED I Wh(lalèjbe 70uthDt Sftaron, PA 16]6 jo.atland.com I heatland.com it WhQatgand Tube JMC STEEL GROUP I I [I] 4-Way Riser Brace (plan view) I Fig. 4L - Longitudinal "In-Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 2 (50mm) through 8" (200mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) 2" (50mm) through 8" (200mm) pipe. For FM Approval information refer to page 47. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4L is the braced pipe" attachment component of a longitudinal sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO structural attachment component to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4L over the pipe to be braced and tighten bolts. Then engage "bracing pipe" into jaw opening and tighten set bolt until head snaps off. Jaw attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. I ®ToLco' C US USTED q.t Rnit & ln,,I,,d Longitudinal Brace i .sirt 41-2 '2 Pipe Size ___in.__ A C (52.4) s I (52.4) :j4: 1/2"..13 Max. Rec. (cULuc) 2015 Load (8.96) ' 247 Approx. wt./100 (112.0) 41_21/2 21/2" (65) 6/16" (163.5) 21/2 (63.5) 2/4 (69.8) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 253 (114.7) 41-3 3 (80) 7 (177.8) 2/4 (69.8) 31/16" (77.8) 1/211..13 2015 (8.96) 268 (121.5) 414 4 (100) 81/2 (215.9) 3/8 (85.7) 3/16" (93.7) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 348 (157.8) 41-5 5' (125) 93/4" (247.6) 3/8 (98.4) 43/8 (111.1) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 380 (172.3) 41-6 6" (150) 111/2" (292.1) 5" (127.0) 51/8" (130.2) 1/2"..13 2015 (8.96) 640 (290.3) 4L-8 1 8" 1 (200) 1 131/4 (336.5) 1 55/8" (142.8) 5 /8 (142.9) 1 1/213 1 2015 1 (8.96) 1 728 1 (330.2) * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin ?, where 7 the installation angle measured from the vertical. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s ("Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. I - COOPER B-Line I I I I Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - /8" to 3/4" C® US USTED K Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not included Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1 (25mm) thru 2" (50mm), Cooper B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" (31.7mm) thick Material: Steel Function: Multi-functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting. Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections. NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the bracing pipe and Cooper B-Line/TOLCO braced pipe attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 2002, 4L, 4A or approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the bracing pipe. Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 61. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1001, 1000, 2002, 4A or approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Fig. 4L Fig. 980 Longitudinal Brace * Standard size. Cooper B-Line, Inc.'s (Cooper B-Line") seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other Cooper B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Cooper-B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Cooper B-Lines standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Cooper B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Cooper B-Line's warranty, Cooper B-line makes no warranty relating to Cooper B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Cooper B-Line. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. COOPER B-Line I I I L I ®TOLCO c®us USTED UL Listed Design Load Sch. 7 - 1600 lbs. (7.11kN) Sch. 10 & 40 w/111 (25mm) Brace Pipe 2015 lbs. (8.96kN) Sch. 10 & 40 W11114" (32mm) Brace Pipe 2765 lbs. (12.30kN) Pipe 21/2" (65) 1001-21/2 X1 Part Number 138.6 & Approx. Wt./1100 (628) I 1001-21/2 X11/4 Brace Pipe Design Load UL (80) 1001-3X1 1472 (66.7) 1001-3X11/4 168.7 (75) UL (100) 1001-4X1 160 (70) 1001-4X11/4 182.4 (821) UL 6" (150) 1001-6X1 190 (86.2) 1001-6X11/4 211.4 (99) UL 8' (200) 1001-8 X 1 1217.4 1 (98.6) 1 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 1 (108.3) UL ** See load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart. * The loads listed are axial loads on the brace. The horizontal load capacity, H, of the brace is: H = F x sin ?, where ? is the installation angle measured from the vertical. I I I I I I I I Fig. 1001 -Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. * Pipe size used for bracing: 1(25mm) and 11/4 (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre-engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1 "(25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). For FM Approval information refer to page 65. Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1(25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the UL Listing requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other Cooper B-Line/TOLCO bracing products. I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. I COOPER B-Line Victaulic® FirelockTM Rigid Coupling Ac. t _au ii Style 009N 10.64 Patented 1.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c®s <a> LPCBI USTM C104-la/36 2.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION The FireLock EZTM Style 009N Installation-ReadyTM Rigid Coupling is for use in the fire protection market. The coupling's unique design eliminates loose parts, promotes consistent installation and provides substantial gains in productivity. IMPORTANT: FireLock EZTM Style 009N couplings are recommended for use ONLY on fire protection systems. 3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 536, Grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A 395, Grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: (specify choice) El Orange enamel (North America, Asia Pacific) O Red enamel (Europe) O Hot dipped galvanized Gasket: (specify choice') O Grade "E" EPDM (Type A) FireLock EZ products have been Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited, and Approved by Factory Mutual Research for wet and dry (oil free air) sprinkler services within the rated working pressure. 1 Services listed are General Service Guidelines only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not compatible. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service guidelines and for a listing of services which are not compatible. Bolts/Nuts: Zinc electroplated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A 449 and physical requirements of ASTM A 183. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 10.64 7072 Rev G updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 1 AC-t:a-U1iCr I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 4.0 LISTINGS/APPROVAL 2 The information provided below is based on the latest listing and approval data at the time of publication. Listings/Approvals are subject to change and/or additions by the approvals agencies. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe and the latest listings and approvals. Nominal Size cULus FM Vds LPCB Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 Sch. 5 Sch. 10 Sch. 40 inches psi psi psi psi psi psi psi psi mm kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa 1¼ 232 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 32 1600 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 11/2 232 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 40 1600 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 2 363 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 50 2502 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 21/2 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 65 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 76.1 mm N/A 365 3 N/A N/A 363k N/A 363 363 2517 2502k 2500 2500 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 80 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 N/A 365 365 175 363 363 363 363 100 2517 2517 1205 2502 2502 2500 2500 108.0mm N/A N/A N/A 175 363 363 N/A N/A 1205 2502 2502 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 363 232 N/A 125 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 133.0mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 2502 N/A N/A N/A 139.7 mm N/A 290 N/A N/A 363 4 N/A 232 N/A 2000 2502k 1600 159.0 mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 25024 N/A N/A N/A 165.1 mm N/A 2906 20006 N/A N/A 363 2502 4 N/A N/A N/A 6 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 363 232 N/A 150 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 216.0 mm N/A N/A N/A N/A 363 N/A N/A N/A 2502 8 N/A 290 365 N/A 363 N/A 363 232 200 2000 2517 2502 2502 1600 2 Listed/Approved for wet and dry pipe systems (>-40F/-40C) for continuous use in freezing conditions, use of Style 005H Coupling with Silicone Gasket is recommended. Please see the VictaulicInstallation Manual 1-009N/009H for details concerning when supplemental lubrication is required. 3 cuLus listed for DIN 24582.6mm pipe wall. 4 FM approved for BS 1387 Medium 3.6 mm pipe wall. 5 cuLus listed for EN 10220 4.0 mm pipe wall. 6 cuLus listed for EN 10255 4.5 mm pipe wall. 10.64 7072 Rev G updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 'j4'tauIic victautic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 4.1 LISTINGS/APPROVAL Speciality Pipe Pipe Size Pressure Rating Pipe Size Pressure Rating Pipe Size Pressure Rating cULus FM cULus FM cULus FM inches psi psi inches psi psi inches psi psi kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa kPa BLT 1'/4-2 300 365 EZT 1¼-2 300 365 MT 114-2 300 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 ________ ________ 2068 2517 DF 114-4 300 365 FE 114-4 300 365 MLT 114-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2517 DT 1¼-2 300 365 FLF 1¼-4 N/A 365 ST 1¼-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2517 2517 EF 1¼-4 175 175 FLT 114-2 N/A 365 STE 114-4 N/A 365 1206 206 _1 2517 2517 EL 114-2 300 365 FLTL 114-2 N/A 365 IF 214-4 N/A 365 2068 2517 2517 2517 ET4O 1¼-2 300 365 GL 1V4-2 300 365 WLS 1¼-2 300 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2068 2517 EZF 3-4 300 365 ME 1V44 300 365 WST 114-2 N/A 365 2068 2517 2068 2517 2517 XL 1'/42 300 365 2068 2517 NOTES BLT =BLT steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & conduit Corp. U . DF = DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & conduit corp. DT = DYNA-FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & conduit corp. EF = EDDY FLOW steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube co. I . EL = EDDYLITE steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube co. E140 = Eddythread 40 steel pipe manufactured by Bull Moose Tube Co. EZF = EZ-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Northwest Pipe Co. EZT = EZ-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. FE = Fire-Flo steel pipe manufactured by Youngstown Tube Co. I . FLF = Fire-Line Flow steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. FLT = Fire-Line Threadable steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. FLTL = Fire-Line Threadable Light steel pipe manufactured by Western International Forest Products Inc. GL = CL steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. I . MF = Mega-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MT = Mega-Thread steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. MLT = MLT steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co I . ST = STD wall pipe in accordance with ASTM A53. STE = Steady Flow steel pipe manufactured by AMS Tube Corp. TF = Tex-Flow steel pipe manufactured by Tex-Tube Co. I . WLS = WLS steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Co. WST = WST steel pipe manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company. XL = XL steel pipe manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. I I I I I 10.64 7072 Rev C Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 3 \'ctuIic I I I [I L I U I victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 1064 5.0 DIMENSIONS ri*Ir*1' 11111 it iI.JiIsf1iTu1riTh Dimensions Pre-assembled Actual Maximum Maximum Allow. (Push On Conditioi) Joint Assembled Approx. Nominal Outside Working End Pipe End Bolt/Nut 9 Weight Size Diameter Pressure 7 Load 7 Separation8 Size X V X V Z Each inches inches psi lbs. inches inches inches inches in:--he s inches inches lbs. mm mm kPa N mm No. mm mm mm mm mm mm kg 11/4 1.660 365 790 0.10 2 3/a x2 3.13 5.00 .75 5.00 2.00 1.4 32 42.4 2517 3514 2.54 M1Ox2 79 127 70 127 51 0.6 11/2 1.900 365 1035 0.10 2 /8 x 2 3.38 5.13 . .00 5.13 2.00 1.5 40 48.3 2517 4604 2.54 M10x2 86 130 .76 130 51 0.7 2 2.375 365 1616 0.12 2 /uX2Yo 4.00 5.63 ..50 5.63 2.00 1.9 50 60.3 2517 7193 3.05 M1Ox2½ 102 143 89 143 51 0.9 21/2 2.875 365 2370 0.12 2 3/sX21/2 4.50 6.13. -00 6.13 2.00 2.1 65 73.0 2517 10542 3.05 M10x21/2 114 156 102 156 51 1.0 76.1 mm 3.000 365 2580 0.12 2 %X2½ 4.63 6.00 4.13 6.13 2.00 2.1 76.1 2517 11476 3.05 M10x21/2 118 152 105 156 51 1.0 3 3.500 365 3512 0.12 2 31k x 2½ 5.13 6.75 4.63 6.75 2.00 2.3 80 88.9 2517 15622 3.05 M10x21/2 130 171 117 171 51 1.0 4 4.500 365 5805 0.17 2 3/a x21/2 6.00 7.88 5.63 7.50 2.13 2.9 100 114.3 2517 25822 4.32 M10x21/2 152 200. 143 191 54 - 1.3 108.0mm 4.250 365 5175 0.17 2 3/a X2½ 5.63 7.38 5.38 7.38 2.13 3.1 108.0 2517 23020 4.32 M10x21/2 152 1.87 137 187 54 1.4 5 5.563 365 8870 0.17 2 ½ x 3 7.25 9.25 575 9.13 2.25 5.0 125 141.3 2000 39456 4.32 M12x3 184 235 171 232 57 2.3 133.0 mm 5.250 365 7897 0.17 2 ½ x 3 6.63 9.00 5.38 9.00 2.25 4.8 133.0 2517 35106 4.32 M12x3 168 229 162 229 57 2.2 139.7 mm 5.500 365 8667 0.17 2 1/2 x 3 6.88 9.25 5.75 9.13 2.25 4.9 139.7 2517 38529 4.32 M12x3 175 235 171 232 57 2.2 159.0 mm 6.250 365 11192 0.17 2 1/2 x 3¼ 7.88 10.0) 7.38 9.88 2.25 5.6 159.0 2517 49753 4.32 M12x31/4 200 254 187 251 57 2.5 165.1 mm 6.500 365 12105 0.17 2 YzX3¼ 8.00 10.25 7.75 10.13 2.25 6.0 165.1 2517 53813 4.32 M12x31/4 203 26C 197 257 57 2.7 6 6.625 365 12582 0.17 ½x3¼ 8.38 10.38 7.88 10.13 2.25 6.0 150 168.3 2000 44469 4.32 2 M12x31/4 213 264 200 257 57 2.7 216.0 mm 8.500 365 20712 0.17 2 %x4 10.63 13.25 ;0.25 10.13 2.63 11.4 216.0 2517 55968 4.32 M16x4 270 337 260 257 67 5.2 8 8.625 365 21326 0.17 2 5/a X4 10.88 13.38 10.25 13.13 2.50 11.4 200 219.1 1620 94863 4.32 M16x4 276 340 260 333 64 5.2 7 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on stannard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. See the Listings/Approvals section of this publication for ratings on oher pipe. 8 The allowable pipe separation dimension shown is for system layout purposes only. FireLock :EZM couplings ae consideed rigid connections and will not accommodate expansion or contraction of the piping system. 9 Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. NOTES When assembling FireLock EZ11 couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certa: i the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZTM Style 009N couplings use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ' marking oi the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EZ" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style C09N couplings. IMPORTANT: Gaskets intended for the Style 009 or Style 009V couplings cannot be used with the Style 009N coupling. There is no interchanging of gaskets or housings between coupling stiles. Use Of Flushseal Gaskets For Dry Pipe Systems FireLock EZTM couplings are supplied with Fir: Lock EZTM Grace E" Type A gaskets. These gaskets include an integral pipe stop, that once installed provides the similar benefits as a FlushSeal gasket for dry pipe systems. It should be noted that standard Victaulic FlushSealTM gaskets are not compatible and cannot be used with the FireLock EZTM couplings. 10.64 7072 Rev G Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 \4tauIic L 5 10.64 7072 Rev G Updated 10/2014 © 2014 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. 11442.iIie' mm \4taulicr I victaulic.com I Couplings I FireLock I Rigid I Style 009N I Publication 10.64 I 6.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Publication 0501: Seal Selection Guide I 1-009N/009H: Installation Instructions FireLock EZTM Rigid coupling I User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Viclaulic products for a particular end-use application, or accordance with industry standards and project specifications, as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any ether document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, vary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products lobe installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the 1-009N/1-009H Firetock EZ Rigid Coupling Installation Instructions for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaalic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic, FireLock EZTM, FlushSealn, and lostallatioo- Rnady are trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/ or other countries. I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 0 STYLE 75 Style 75 is available where moderate pressures are expected or weight considerations are a factor. Up to 50% lighter in weight than the Style 77, the Style 75 coupling is recommended for service up to 500 psi/3450 kPa depending on size. Housings are cast in two identical pieces in all sizes. Hot-dip galvanized and special coatings are available for all sizes. The Victaulic standard flexible coupling offering for grade "EHP" or 'T" gaskets is the Style 177 installation-ready flexible coupling. For all available sizes, the Style 177 is the standard flexible coupling Victaulic supplies in North America for piping systems using Grade "EHP" or "T" gaskets. Contact Victaulic for further details. Flexible Coupling MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Housing Coating: Orange enamel. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized and others. Gasket: (specify choice*) Grade "E" EPDM EPDM (Green color code). Temperature range —30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61 for cold +86°F/+30°C and hot +180°F/+82°C potable water service. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLEUM SERVICES. Grade °T' nitrile Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. * Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. NOTE: Additional gasket styles are available. Contact Victaulic for details. Bolts/Nuts: Heat-treated plated carbon steel, trackhead meeting the physical and chemical requirements of ASTM A-449 and physical requirements of ASTM A-183. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect- Para__________ Location Date Approved Date__________________________________ www.victaulic.com - vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.. REV_M 06.05_1 Exaggerated for clarity I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED COUPLINGS 06.05 Flexible Coupling STYLE 75 DIMENSIONS Size Pressuroe Max. End Load End Sep. t Deflect. Fr. C,t No - Size pInches/mm iiApprox. . pow USI, 1 1.315 1 500 680 0 - 0.06 2 43' 0.57 - 8X 2 3/ 2 2.38 427 1.77 1.3 25 33.4 3450 3025 - 0- 1.6 48 61 108 45 1 0.6 1 1/4 1.660 500 1080 0-0.06 2 10 0.45 2 3 2 - / X 8 2.68 4.61 1,77 1.4 32 42.2 3450 4805 0-1.6 "• 38 68 117 45 0.6 1½ 1.900 500 1420 0-0.06 1 -56 0.40 2 - /8 x 2 2.91 4.82 1.77 1.5 40 48.3 3450 6320 0-1.6 33 74 122 45 0.6 - - 2 - 2,375 500 2215 0-0.06 - 31 0.32 2-/ x 2 3.43 5.22 1.88 1.7 50 60.3 3450 9860 ,0-1.6 26 87 133 48 0.8 2½ 2,875 500 3245 ' 0-0.06 is' 0.26 - 8 X 2 3/ 2 3.88 5.68 1.88 1.9 73.0 3450 14440 0-1.6 - 22 98 144 48 0.9 761 mm 3.000 500 3535 0-0.06 1. 12 ] 0.26 2 3 2 - / )1 8 4,00 5.90 1.88 I 1.9 76,1 3450 15730 0-1.6 - 22 102 150 484 0.9 3 3.500 500 4800 0-0.06 1 - 2' 0.22 2 - V x 2/ 4,50 7,00 1.88 2.9 80 • 88.9 3450 21360 0-1.6 18 114 178 48 1.3 31/2 4.000 500 6300 0-0.06 0.19 0 -54 2-½x24 5.00 750 1.88 2.9 90 101.6 3450 28035 0-1.6 16 , 127 191 48 1.3 4 4.500 500 7950 0 - 0.13 , 0.34 1 - 36 2 - V2 x 2 ' 5.80 8.03 2.13 I 4,1 100 - , 1143 3450 35380 0-3.2 , 28 - 147 204 154 1.9 108,0mm 4.250 450 6380 0-0.13 1 -41 , 0.35 2- 12 x 70,0 5.55 7.79 2.13 3.7 108.0 3100 28395 0-3.2 29 141 198 54 1.7 41/2 5.000 450 8820 0-0.13 26' 0.25 3/ 31 /4 2- 8 6.13 9.43 2.13 5.5 120 127.0 3100 39250 0-3.2 1• - 21 ,4 156 240 .54 2.5 5 5.563 450 10935 0-0.13 1-18' 0.27 2-/ x 3 6.88 10.07 2.13 5.8 125 - 141.3 3100 48660 0-3.2 j 23 , 175 256 54 2.6 33.0mm 5250 450 9735 0-0.13 1 - 1' 2 0. 16 2- x 828 25 6.55 9.37 2.13 ' 6.0 133.0 3100 43325 0-3.2 24 . 166 238 54 2.7 1397mm 5.500 450 10665 0-0.13 1,- 18' 0.28 2- / x3V 8 4 6.80 9.59 2.13 6.3 139.7 3100 47460 ' 0-3.2 - 24 173 244 54 2.9 1524 mm 6.000 450 12735 0-0.13 1 12' 0.21 2 3/ 3y - SX 7.38 10.48 1.88 . 62 . 152.4 3100 56670 0-3.2 - 18 187 266 48 2.8 6 6.625 450 15525 0-0.13 P 5' 0.23 2- 5 a / X 3 8.00 11.07 2.13 7.0 150 168.3 3100 69085 0-3.2 18 , 203 281 54 32 1590mm 6.250 450 13800 0-0.13 P 9; 0.24 ' 2-16 x 825 7.63 10.49 2.13 6.8 159.0 3100 61405 0-3.2 20 ' 194 266 54 3.1 - - 8 8.625 450 26280 0-0.13 0.18 - 2 3/ 10.34 13.97 2.32 12,4 200 219.1 3100 116945 0-3.2 - 14 263 355 59 5.6 Working Pressure and End Load are total, from all internal and external loads, based on standard weight (ANSI) steel pipe, standard roll or cut grooved in accordance with Victaulic specifications. Contact Victaulic for performance on other pipe. WARNING: FOR ONE TIME FIELD TEST ONLY, the Maximum Joint Working Pressure may be increased to 11/2 times the figures shown, t Allowable Pipe End Separation and Deflection figures show the maximum nominal range of movement available at each joint for standard roll grooved pipe. Figures for standard Cut grooved pipe may be doubled. These figures are maximums; for design and installation purposes these figures should be reduced by: 50% for /4 -3l/2"/20 - 90 mm; 25% for 4/100 mm and larger. % Number of bolts required equals number of housing segments. Metric thread size bolts are available (color coded gold) for all coupling sizes upon request. Contact Victaulic for details. www.victaulic.com /1 taulic3 VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY, © 2011 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.05_2 REV_M I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I STYLE 75 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 06.05 S47O REV M UPDATED 2/2011 vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 06.05 .%tauJicr 1111 I I SERIES 67 The No. 67, Vic®-End II, End of Run Fitting is the fast, easy, economical way to end a branch line. The fitting installs easily with standard FireLock® couplings and allows direct head connection, sprigs or drops. Available in 11/4, 1 ½, 2 and 2 ½'/32-65 mm sizes, the fittings can be supplied with ½, ~, or 1/15, 20 or 25 mm female threaded (NPT) outlet (BSPT option available). The 900 reducing outlet fitting is UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved for a maximum rated working pressure of 500 psi/3450 kPa. I JOB/OWNER System No. Location CONTRACTOR Submitted By Date ENGINEER Spec Sect Para Approved Date Vic®-End II End of Run Fitting MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12, painted Orange Enamel. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Optional: Galvanized - hot dipped. Outlet: NPT Optional: BSPT DIMENSIONS, PERFORMANCE _______________C to E Approx. Weight Ea Equivalent Inches/mm 1¼ X ½ NET 238 Lbs./Kg Feet/meters of pipe 1.4 2.8 32 15 NPT 61 - --0.6 0.9 ~ NPT 2.38 1.4 2.8 20 NPT 61 0.6 0.9 1 NET 2.38 1.4 2.8 25 NPT 61 0.6 0.9 11/2 X ½ NET 2.50 1.6 2.9 40 - 15 NET 64 _ -- - 0.7 0.9 3/4 NET 2.50 1.6 2.9 20 NPT 64 • 0.7 I 0.9 1 NPT I 2.50 1.6 2.9 - - 25 NET 64 _0.7 _0.9 2 X ½ NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 50 15 NET 70 0.8 1.2 3/4 NET 2.75 1.7 i 4.0 20 NET 70 0.8 _1.2 1 NPT 2.75 1.7 4.0 25 NET 70 0.8 1.2 2½ X ½NPT 3.00 2.0 5.7 65 15 NET ' 76 0.9 I 1.7 - .......f . - -.4 ......- . . - ~ NET 3.00 2.0 5.7 20 NPT 76 1- - -- - --• - -.. . 0.9 . - - -- I- -_______________ 1.7 1 NET 3.00 2.0 5.7 25 NET 76 0.9 1.7 I Li www.victaulic.com lictaulid vIcTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2007 vIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA REV _D 10.21_1 I I I I I I I I I [1 U I 11 SERIES 67 WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. WARNING A A WARNING This product must be installed by an experienced, trained installer, in accordance with the instructions provided with each valve. These instructions contain important information. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury, - property damage, or valve leakage. If you need additional copies of this product literature or the valve installation instructions, or if you have any questions about the safe installation and use of this device, contact Victaulic Company, P.O. Box 31, Easton, PA 18044-0031 USA, Telephone: 001-610-559-3300. 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 WCAS-7GNF4Y For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com A-C-tau-hc~ 10.21 3209 REV 0 UPDATED 7/2008 vlcrAuuc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. © 2007 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. PRINTED IN THE USA 1021 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FireLock Fittings FireLock® products comprise a unique system specifically designed for fire protection services. FireLock full-flow elbows and tees feature CAD-developed, hydrodynamic design, affording a shorter center-to-end dimension than standard fittings. A noticeable bulge allows the water to make a smoother turn to maintain similar flow characteristics as standard full flow fittings. FireLock fittings are designed for use exclusively with Victaulic IPS-sized couplings that have been Listed or Approved for Fire Protection Services. Use of other couplings or flange adapters may result in bolt pad interference. Victaulic FireLock fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic FireLock EZ® Style 009H couplings. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fitting: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Fitting Coating: Orange enamel. Red Enamel in EMEA-l. Optional: Hot dipped galvanized. JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR ENGINEER System No. Submitted By Spec Sect Location Date Approved www.victaulic.com vIcTAULIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAUUC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV_i Para \,Ltaulic 10.03_i IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings DIMENSIONS F.- C to E1 to E NO. 001 Cto E 0 C 1b to NO. 003 NO. 002 NO. 006 90' Elbow 1Elbow Straight Tee h?! II'?am H1? 1¼ 32 -. - 1.660 42.4 - . - 0.8 - 21 0.3 0.1 1½ 49. - 1.900 '- - - - - - - - -, - - - - 0.82 21 0.4 0.2 2 50 2.375 60.3 2.75 70 1.7 0.8 2.00 51 1.8 2.75 0.8 70 2.4 1.1 0.88 22 0.6 0.3 21/2 --65 2.875 73.0 3.00 76 3.1 1.4 2.25 57 2.2 3.00 1.0 76 3.6 1.6 088 22 1.0 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 76.1 3.00 76 3.30 1.5 2.25 57 2.4 1.1 - - - - 3 3.500 88.9 3.38 86 4.0 1.8 64 2.50 3.1 3.38 1.4 86 5.3 2.4 0.88 22 1.2 0.5 108 mm - 4.250 108.0 4.00 102 5.7 2.6 3.00 76 5.1 4.00 2.3 102 7.5 3.4 - - 4 100 - - 4.500 114.3 4.00 102 6.7 3.0 3.00 76 5.6 - 4.00 2.5 102 8.7 3.9 1.00 25 2.4 1.1 5 - _.12. - 5.563 141.3 4.88 124 12.6 5.7 3.25 83 8.3 4.88 3.8 124 15.7 7.1 1.00 25 4.1 1.9 159mm - - - 6.250 158.8 5.50 140 12.6 - 5.7 3.50 89 9.2 5.50 140 17.9 8.0 - 6 150 - 6.625 168.3 - 5.50 140 18.3 8.3 3.50 89 4. 2t140 11.7 5.50 5.3 22.7 10.3 1.00 25 5.9 2.7 - 8 200 8.625 219.1 6.81 25.5 173 11.6 4.25 108 20.4 9.3 6.94 1 176 38.7 17.6 1.13 29 12.7 5.8 www.victaulic.com . VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. taul uC 10.03_2 REV.J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS 10.03 FireLock® Fittings FLOW DATA .Frictional Resistance ize Equivalent Feet/meters of Straight Pipe t 1¼ 1.660 - - - - 32 42.4 -- - - - - - 1½ 1.900 t - - 40 48.3 _- - - - 2 2.375 3.5 1.8 8.5 3.5 50 60.3 1.i 0.5 2.6 1.1 4.3 2½ T 2.875 j 4.3 2.2 10.8 65 - - 73.0 _1.3 0.7 3.3 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 4.5 2.3 11.0 4.5 76.1 1.4 0.7 3.4 1.4 5.0 3 3.500 5.0 2.6 . 13.0 80 88.9 1.5 0.8 4.0 1.5 108mm 4.250 108.0 2.0 6.4 3.2 0.9 15.3 4.7 6.4 2.0 4.500 6.8 3.4 16.0 6.8 100 114.3 2,1 1.0 4.9 2.1 5 1- --- I 5.563 8.5 4.2 F 21.0 8.5 125 141.3 _2.6 1.3 6.4 2.6 159mm 6.250 9.4 4.9 25.0 9.6 158.8 2.9 1.5 L 7.6 2.9 6 6.625 10.0 5.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 .3.0 1.5 _7.6 3.0 8 . 8.625 13.0 . 5.0 33.0 13.0 200 I 219.1 _4.0 _1.5 _10.1 4.0 t The flow data listed is based upon the pressure drop of Schedule 40 pipe. www.victaulic.com ictelulicr VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVJ 10.03_3 FireLock® Fittings GENERAL NOTES NOTE: When assembling FireLock EZ couplings onto end caps, take additional care to make certain the end cap is fully seated against the gasket end stop. For FireLock EZ Style 009/009V/009H couplings, use FireLock No. 006 end caps containing the "EZ" marking on the inside face or No. 60 end caps containing the "QV EL" marking on the inside face. Non-Victaulic end cap products shall not be used with Style 009/009V/009H couplings. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.03 1539 REV J UPDATED 8/2011 Ant—auIi vICTAuLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 vicTAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.03 NO. 20 TEE ci NO. 10 ELBOW JOB/OWNER I System No. Location CONTRACTOR ENGINEER Submitted By Spec Sect Para Date Approved Date I I Victaulic offers abroad line of fittings in sizes through 24/600 mm in a variety of straight and reducing styles. Most standard fittings are cast of durable ductile iron to precise tolerances. Victaulic standard fittings pressure ratings conform to the ratings of Victaulic Style 77 couplings. All fittings are supplied with grooves to permit fast installation without field preparation. The grooved design permits flexibility for easy alignment. These fittings are not intended for use with Victaulic couplings for plain end pipe (refer to Section 14.04 for fittings available for plain end applications). Fittings are provided in various materials including ductile iron, steel or segmentally welded steel depending on styles and size. Fittings are painted orange enamel with a galvanized finish available as an option, contact Victaulic for details. Victaulic fittings are designed specifically for use in grooved piping systems. Fittings are provided grooved conforming to standard steel pipe outside diameters. When connecting wafer or lug-type butterfly valves directly to Victaulic fittings with 741 or 743 Vic-Flange® adapters, check disc clearance dimensions with I.D. dimension of fitting. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are VdS approved: No.10 900 Elbow, No.11 450 Elbow, No.20 Tee and No.60 Cap. Note: The following Victaulic fittings are LPCB approved: No.10 90° Elbow, No.11 45° Elbow, No.12 221/20 Elbow, No.13 11'A° Elbow, No.30 45° Lateral, No.30-13 Reducing Lateral, No.100 Long Radius Elbow, No.110 Long Radius Elbow, No.20 Tee, No.35 Cross, No.60 Cap, No.25 Reducing Tee, No.33 True Wye, No.50 Concentric Reducer, No.51 Eccentric Reducer and No.29M Tee with Threaded Branch. 'Ii I I I I I j rTT-. V LJ AGS - ADVANCED GROOVE SYSTEM Advanced Groove System -For 14-24/350-600 mm piping systems, Victaulic now offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). Refer to Section 20.05 for AGS fitting details. Stainless Steel - Grooved end fittings are available in Schedule 10 Type 316 stainless steel (Schedule 5, 40 and Type 304 available as an option) in various sizes. Fitting center-to-end dimensions will vary depending upon type and schedule. Refer to Section 17.04 and 17.16 for details. Aluminum - Grooved end fittings are available in aluminum alloy 356 T6, in sizes from 1 - 8/25-200 mm. Refer to Section 21.03 or contact Victaulic for details. Fabricated Steel - A full range of fabricated segemtnally welded steel or full flow grooved end fittings are available refer to section 07.04. Fabricated Steel with AGS Vic-Rings - A full range of full flow fabricated fittings with Vic-Rings are also available. I I I I ALTERNATE STYLES Extra Heavy EndSeal® "ES" Fittings - EndSeal fittings are available in 2— 12/50 - 300mm for use with "ES" grooved pipe and HP-70ES EndSeal couplings. "ES" fittings are painted black for easy identification. EndSeal (and standard) fittings may be easily internally coated (by others) for severe service requirements. Always specify "ES EndSeal fittings" when ordering. See Section 07.03 for information on EndSeal fittings. Fittings Machined for Rubber or Urethane Lining (MRL) - For severe abrasive services, Victaulic fittings may be rubber or urethane lined (by others). Lining may be inside diameter/end (abrasion resistance) or wrap-around (corrosion and/or abrasion) machined. Refer to Section 25.03 or contact Victaulic for specific details. Note: Fittings are available with a variety of coatings upon request such as hot dip galvanized, epoxy, glass lined and others. I I I I I www.victaulic.com vIcTAULIc IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY, ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVQ %tauIicr 07.01_i CARBON STEEL PIFE - GROCVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Fittiig: Duct le iron conforming to ASTM A-536. grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Or: Segmentally welded steel as shown under nipples Nipples: (adapter, swaged & hose) 3/4 - 4/20— 100mm: Carbon steel, Schedule L0, confc-niing to ASTM A-53, Type F 5- 6712 - 150 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 40, confo-ming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr. B 8- 12/200-300 mm: Carbon steel, Schedule 30 or 4), conforming to ASTM A-53, Type E or S, Gr.B Flanged Adapter Nipples: (Nipple - see above) Class 125 Flange: Cast iron conforming to ANSI B-16.1. Glass 15C Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI 13-5.5, raised or flat face Class 300 Flange: Carbon steel conforming to ANSI B-.6.5, raised or flat face Fitt:ng Coatings: Orange enamel Optional: Hot dip galvanized and others. Some fittings supplied electopIated as s:ar:dard - see product s3ecifications. Flanged Adapter Nipple Coating: None (Unfinished) Optional: Orange enamel, hot dip galvanized and others. www.victaulic.com viclAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 201 L VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ,ctau'ic 07.01_2 REV_Q I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS Grooved End Fittings FLOW DATA (Frictional Resistance) 07.01 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of various Victaulic fittings as equivalent feet of straight pipe. Fittings not listed can be estimated from the data given, for example, a 221h0 elbow is annrnximxtelv one-half the resistance nf a 45° e.lhnw Values of mirl-ci,'ec ran he internolafed I Dimension fliflmflfl ETTIN -- 11 !Th ; 1.315 1.7 25 33.7 0.5 - I 0.2 1.8 - 1.1 1.3 8.5 i 0.5 -- 3.5 2 2.375 3.5 2.5 50 60.3 - 1.1 _0.8 0.5 0.3 2.6 1.1 - 76.1 mm 3.000 4.3 2.1 I 10.8 4.3 7 -- j00 1.3 - 0.7 3.8 2.6 L6 - 3.3 13.0 5.0 1.3 3 80 88.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 4.0 1.5 108 .0 4.250 6.4 3.2 15.3 6.4 108.0 4.500 2.0 6.8 5.0 0.9 - _!. 16.0 2.0 6.8 4 3.4 2.1 100 114.3 5.250 2.1 8.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 4.9 2.1 8.1 133.0mm 4.1 20.0 133.0 5.500 - 139.7 5.563 2.5 8.5 2.6 8.5 - - 1.2 - I. 6.2 2.5 139.7 mm 4.2 1.3 - 21.0 6.4 8.5 2.6 8.5 5 4.2 21.0 125 141.3 2.6 _- 1.3 6.4I_2.6 159.0 mm 6.250 9.4 - 4.9 - 25.0 9.6 1.0 6.500 29 9.6 15 5.0 7.6 I 25.0 29 10.0 1651 mm 165.1 2.9 - __1.5I - 7.6 3.0 6 6.625 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.0 25.0 10.0 150 168.3 8.625 3.0 13.0 2.3 - - -. -~---- 9.8 1.5 : 6.5 0.9 I_---,--- 4.0 7.6 _3.0 8 I 33.0 I 13.0 200 219.1 10.750 4.0 17.0 3.0 12.0 2.0 8.3 1.2 5.0 T 10.1 .L 41.0 4.0 17.0 10 250 273.0 - 52 .3.7 2.5 1.5 12.5 52 12 12.750 20.0 14.5 10.0 6.0 50.0 j 20.0 300 - 323.9 14.000 6.1 24.55 4.4 -.1 15.8 3.L 18.55 1.8 11.0 1 15.2I 70.0 6.1 - 23.0 14 350 3556 16.000 28.05 ZS 45 18.0 5.6 21.05 _3.4 . 13.0 23 7 , 80.0 27.0 16 400 406.4 18.000 8 31.0 § 5.5 20.0 6.4 23.5 § 4.0 14.0 24.4 90.0 8.2 30.0 18 450 457.0 20.000 °- 34.05 6.1 22.5 7.2 25.55 '4.3 16.0 27.4 - 100.0 9.1 33.0 20 800 508.0 - 6.9 7.8 _4.9 30.5 10.1 24 24.000 42.05 27.0 . 29.5 § 1 19.0 120.0 40.0 600 610.0 8.2 ' 9.0 5.8 36.6 12.2 # Contact Victaulic for details. 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. § Fitting flow data for 14-247350-600 mm size No. 10 and No. 11 Elbows is based on fittings for Style 07 and 77 couplings. For flow data on AGS fittings (No. W10 and No. W11 Elbows), refer to submittal 20.05. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an 'sw" or 's' 5= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded \4taulicr 07.OI_3 www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vICTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV _Q CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings DIMENSIONS Elbows NO. 10 900 Elbow NO. 1145' Elbow NO. 12 221h° Elbow NO. 13 11'%° Elbow NO. 100 90° Long Radius NO. 110 45° Long Radius to E NO. 10 CEE .-CtoE---1 NO. 12GSNK CtoE /\ Cto' < (s) I C to E 1-1 I Cto NO. 11 NO. 12 NO. 13 NO: 100 NO. 110 - iK.M• 3/4 20 1.050 26.9 2.25 57 0.5 0.2 1.50 38 (.5 CS 1.63 Sw 41 - 1.38sw 35 - 2.50sw. 64 0.4 1.81 Sw 0.3 0.2 46 0.1 1 25 1.315 33.7 2.25 57 0.6 0.3 1.75 44 (.0 (.5 3.25 0.6 83 0.3 1.38sw 35 0.3 0.: 2.38sv 73 C.6 2.25sw C.3 i 57 0.5 0.2 1¼ 32 1.660 42.4 2.75 70 1.0 0.5 1.75 44 (•5 5.4 1.75 0.8 44 0.4 1.38sw 35 0.5 0.2 3.25sw 83 1.1 2,385w 0.5 60 0.7 0.3 11/2 40 1.900 48.3 2.75 70 1.2 0.5 1.75 44 54.5 il., 1.75 0.8 44 0.4 1.38sw 35 0.5 0.2 363s" 92 7.2 1.0 2.50sw 64 1.3 0.6 2 2.375 3.25 1.8 2.00 1,3 r 1.4 1.38 1.3 4.38 2.5 2.75 1.8 50 60.3 83 0.8 51 3.0. 95 0.6 35 0.5 1 111 1.1 70 0.8 21/2 65 2.875 73.0 3.75 95 3.2 1.5 2.25 57 2.7 4.0 4,00@ 2.3 102 1.0 1.50 38 1.1 05 5.13 130 3.4 75 3.00 76 2.8 1.3 76.1 mm 3.000 76.1 3.75 95 3.7 1.7 2.25 57 3.. 2.24 57 - 1.50 38 - - - - - 3 3.500 4.25 4.5 2.50 3,': 450@ 3.1 " 1.50 21 5.88 6.0 3.38 4.9 80 88.9 108 2.01 64 1.4 114 L 1.4 38 , 15 149 2.7 86 2.2 3½ 90 4.000 101.6 4.50 114 , 5.6 2.5 2.75 70 , 4.3 2.2 2.50 Sw 64 4.0 1.8 1.75sw 44 27 12 - - 1 - - - 4 100 4500 114.3 500 127 71 3.2 300 76 s 2.5 288 73 56 2.5 175 44 36 1:6 750 191 123 5.6 400 102 73 3.3 108.0 mm 4.250 108.0 5.00 127 11.0 5.0 3.00 76 ' 55 2.5 - - - - - - - - 41/2 120 5.000 127.0 5.255w 133 10.0 4.5 - 3.135w 79 6.3 27 3.505w 89 6.6 3.0 1.88sw 48 4.2 5.9 - - - - 5 5.563 5.50 ' 11.7 3.25 83 2.885w 7.8 2.005w 5.0 9.25 Sw '8.2 4.88sw 14.8 125 141.3 140 5.3 83 3.9 73 3.5 51 2.2 1 235 8.3 1 124 6.7 133.0 mm 5.250 133.0 5.50 140 11.7 5.3 3.25 83 83 - 38 - - - - - - - 139.7 mm 5.500 139.7 5.50 140 11.7 5.3 3.25 83 5.3 2.87 3:8 73 - - 2.00 51 - - - - - 6 6.625 6.50 17.2 3.50 [' 1C.8 6.25 @ 12.2 2.00 7.0 10,7 30.4 5.50 17.4 150 168.3 165 7.8 89 49 159 [ 5.5 j 51 3.2 273, 13,8 140 7.9 1590 mm 6.250 159.0 6.50 165 18.6 ' 8.4 3.50 18.8 - 89 45 - - ' - - - - 165.1 mm 6.500 165.1 6.50 165 155 7.1) 3.50 5.8 3.13 89 44 79 11.4 5.2 2.00 51 14 3.4 I0,75sw 273 29.0 13.2 5,50sw 140 19.0 8.6 @ Gooseneck design end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office- t Chinese standard sizes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted witE z SW or "s' S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded www.victaulic.com - - VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VIC7'AULIC COMPANY. © 7011 vICAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. taul.c 07.01_4 - REV_Q I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings EtoE .- CtoE-1 .- C to CtoE . NO.12 GSNK 7 TIjfl Cto - C to E to (0 Em L NO. 10 NO. 11 NO. 12 NO. 13 NO. 100 NO. 110 - - 8 8.625 7.75 29.9 4.25 20.4 7.75 @ 20.0 2.00 I 10.1 14.25 66.0 7.25 36.0 200 1 219.1 197 13.6 108 4.75 9.3 37.5 197 4.385w 9.1 I -'- 30.0 51 2.13 I 4.6 362 30.0 184 16.3 10 10.750 9.00 63.3 11.8 15.00 t07.0 6.25 57.0 250 273.0 12.750 229 10.00 28.7 74.0 121 17.0 -- 66.7 . ill ---- 4.885w 13.6 -. .,-. 40.0 54 .-- 2.25 5.3 381 48.5 -- - -. 29.3 18.00 156.0 159 1 25.9 -------- 7.50 90.0 12 5.25 300 323.9 254 1- 33.6 133 30.3 124 I 18.1 57 I 13.3 457 70.8 191 40.8 149 14.000 . 14.00 136.0 5.75 65.0 5.00sw . 46.0 3.50sw I 32.0 21.005 164.0 8.755 82.0 350 355.6 14.843 . 355.6 14.84 61.7 149.3 I 146 I 6.15 29.5 127 20.9 89 82.0 14.5 533 74.4 222 37.2 377.0 mm t 377.0 376.9 67.7 1 156.2 37.2 169 16.000 16.00 171.0 6.63 88.0 5.00sw 58.0 4.005w 42.0 24.00s 210.0 I bOOs 100.0 400 406.4 16.772 406.4 4 - - I 16.77 77.6 - 198.6 168 6.95 39.9 -r 101.3 127 26.3 - 102 . - - . - I 19.1 610 95.3 -- - -*----- 254 45.4 -r 4260 mmt 426.0 18.000 426.0 18.00 901 228.0 176 5 7.46 45.9 108.0 5.505w . 65.0 4.505w 53.2 27.005 273.0 11.255 135.0 189 450 457.0 457.2 103.4 189 50.0 1 140 29.5 114 24.1 686 123.8 286 61.2 4800mmt 18.898! 480.0 20.000 18.90 480.0 20.00 291.0 1320 298.0 7.83 19&8L_643 I 8,28 138.0 6.005w 78.6 5.00sw 1417 -- 65.0 30.005 343.0 209 12.505 174.0 500 508.0 508.0 135.2 210 62.6 152 36.0 127 29.5 762 . 155.6 318 78.9 530.0mm 20.866 20.87 530.0 530.0 - -- 24.000 24.00 355.0 161.0 438.0 1 8.64 219.4 9.94 l-t-.--------- 179.0 I 81.2 ---4.- --.4- I 221.0 7.005w 140.0 . 6.005w 60.0 36.005 516.0 I 15.005 251.0 24 # 600 610.0 609.6 . 198.7 252 10.27 100.2 178 63.5 . 152 27.2 914 234.1 381 113.9 630.0 mm 24.803 24.80 545.0 255.2 630.0 630.0 247.2 1 261.0 115.7 14-24 3S0-600 AGS For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 @ Gooseneck design (GSNK), end-to-end dimension fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. t Chinese standard sizes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or "s" S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 02011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV _Q htauiicr 07.O1_5 CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS Grooved End Fittings Tees, Crosses and True Wyes NO. 2OTee l.-ctotl NO. 35 Cross NO. 33 True Wye to NO. 29M Tee with Threaded Branch NO. 20 07.01 - CtoE Cto("\ Cto GE F I 2SE C toTE ll LJI NO 35 NO. 33 NO. 29M 'Pt True No. 33 _______ _______________________ Tee Threaded Branch with (sw) Wye (sw) 148 350 14.000 - 355.6 11.00 SW 145.0 11.00 279 65.8 279 198.0 89.8 11.00 279 7.50 191 134.2 11.00 sw 60.8 279 11.00 145.0 279 65.8 377.0mm 14.000 355.6 11.50 292 145.0 65.8 - - - - - - - 168 400 16.000 406.4 12.00 sw 305 186.0 84.4 12.00 305 250.0 113.4 12.00 305 8.00 203 167.0 75.7 12.00 SW 300 12.00 305 186.0 1 84.4 426.0mm 6 16.000 406.4 13.00 300 186.0 84.4 - - - - - - 1 - - 188 450 18.000 457.0 15.505w 394 260.0 15.50 117.9 394 350.0 158.8 15.50 394 8.50 216 234.0 15.50 sw 106.1 394 15.50 394 117.9 480.0 mmt 18.000 457.0 14.57 370 256.0 116.1 - - .- - - - - - 208 500 20.000 508.0 17.25 sw 438 336.0 152.4 1 17.25 I 438 452.0 205.0 17.25 438 9.00 229 281.0 127.5 I 17.25 sw I 438 17.25 - 438 336.0 152.4 530.0mm 20.000 508.0 15.395w 391 339.0 153.8 - - - - - 1 - - - 248 600 24.000 610.0 20.00 sw 508 592.0 1 20.00 268.5 508 795.0 360.6 f 20.00 508 1 10.00 254 523.0 237.2 20.00 sw 508 20.00 508 592.0 268.5 630.0 mm 24.000 610.0 17.375w 441 473.0 _214.5 - - 1 - - 14-24 350-600 AGS For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. t Chinese standard sizes Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an 'sw" or "s" S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded www.victaulic.com vICTAuLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vIcTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV 07.019 U CARBON STEEL PIPE GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 I Grooved End Fittings Cap NO. 60 1(b NO. 60 No 60 ~/4 1,050 0.88 0.2 20 26.9 22 0.1 0.88 0.3 1 1.315 25 33.7 22 0.1 - 1¼ 1.660 0.88 0.3 32 42.4 22 0.1 0.88 0.5 11/2 1.900 40 48.3 22 0.2 2 2.375 0.88 0.6 50 60.3 22 0.3 -- ----- 0.88 1.0 2½ 2.875 65 73.0 22 0.5 76.1 mm 3.000 0.88 1.2 3 3.500 0.88 1.2 80 88.9 22 j_ 0.5 0.88 I 2.5 3½ 4.000 90 101.6 - 22 -11 - 108.0mm 4.250 1.00 I 2.3 4.500 1.00 2.5 4 100 114.3 25 1.1 1.00 4.5 1330mm 5.250 133.0 25 2.0 t 139.7mm 5.500 1397 5.563 25 2.0 - - - 1.00 4.6- 5 125 141.3 25 - 2.1 ° 6.8 159.0mm 6.250 - - 7.3 165.1 mm 6.500 100 Size No. Cap 60 6 6.625 1.00 6.1 150 168.3 8.625 25 1.19 2.8 13.1 8 200 219.1 30 5.9 10 10.750 1.25 21.0 250 273.0 12.750 32 - 1.25 9.5 - 35.6 12 300 323.9 32 16.2 148 (s) 14.000 9.50 350 355.6 241 168(s) 16.000 10.00 400 406.4 254 188 (s) 18.000 11.00 450 457.0 279 208(s) 20.000 12.00 500 508.0 305 24 # (s) 24.000 13.50 600 610.0 343 = o I AGS For AGS fitting information, see publication 20.05 IMPORTANT NOTES: Steel dish caps available through 241600 mm, contact Victaulic. No. 60 cap is not suitable for use in vacuum service with Style 72 or 750 couplings. No. 61 bull plugs should be used, see pg. 35. 8 For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an 'sw" or 's' S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded U I I U I I I I I I I I I I I I I www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.O1_18 X.- 4c- -ta -U1 i I o r REV_Q CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings Concentric/Eccentric Reducer NO. 50 Concentric NO. 51 Eccentric NO. 50 Etc F - - EUE-e1 t.-EtoE--1 F""i Fabricat7d Steel Fabricated Steel NO. St Ncs5O NeSt Size TrConcentric Reducer..........Eccentric Reducer Tu ,1i1,, 1¼ 3/4 X 1.9 32 20 + 0.9 - - 1 1.9 25 + 0.9 - - 1½ Y4 1.4 - - 40 2_ + 0.6 2.50 0.8 8.505w 4.5 25 64 0.4 216 2.0 11/4 2.50 1.0 32 64 0.5 - - 2 3/4 x 2.50 0.9 9.005w 2.0 50 20 64 0.3 229 0.9 1 2.50 0.7 9.005w 2.3 25 64 0.3 229 1.0 1 ¼ 2.50 1.2 9.005w 4.6 32 64 0.5 229 2.1 11/2 3.50 10 3.50 1.1 40 89 0.5 89 0.5 2½ 3/4 1.3 3.3 65 9_ + 0.6 + 1.5 1 2.50 1.1 9.50 3.5 25 64 0.5f 241 1.6 1 ¼ 3.50 3.3 3.50 1.4 32 89 1.5 89 11/2 2.50 3.6 9.50tw 3.7 40 64 1.6 241 1.7 2 2.50 39 3.50 4.3 50 64 1.8 89 2.0 3 3/4 x 1.5 4.5 80 + 0.7 2.0 1 2.50 1.3 9.505w 4.8 25 241 0.6 241 2.2 1¼ 2.50 1.4 4.8 32 64 0.6 + 2.2 1112 2.50 5.1 9.50tw 5.1 40 64 2.3 241 2.3 - 2 2.50 1.6 3.50 6.0 50 64 j 0.7 1 89 2.7 21/2 2.50 1.8 3.50 7.0 65 64 0.8 89 3.2 76.i 2.50 2.1 64 1.0 - Size V Concentric Reduce, I Qum Eccentric Reducer 3½ 3 2.50 2.0 9.505w 7.0 90 80 64 0.9 241 3.2 4 1 . 1 3.00 3.0 13.005w 6.5 100 < 25 76t 1.4 330 2.9 11/41 4.6 + - 32 2.1 - 1½ 3.00sw 2.6 10.005w 8.1 -LO-J,76 1.2 254 3.7 2 3.00 2.4 4.00 3.3 50 76 1.1 1 102 1.5 21/2 3.00 2.7 4.00 3.4 65 76 1.2 102 1.5 3 3.00 3.2 4.00 3.5 80 76 1.4 102 1.6 31/2 3.00 2.9 10.005w 8.0 90 76 1.3 254 3.6 S 2 . 11.305w 9.0 11.005w 5.2 125 50 279 4.1 279 2.4 21/2 4.00 4.3 11.005w 10.8 65 102 2.0 279 4.9 3 4.00 55 11.005w 11.1 80 102 2.5 279 5.0 4 3.50 4.3 5.00 12.0 100 89 1.9 1 127 5.4 6 1 4.00 5.0 11.505w 14.5 150 25 102 2.3 1 292 j 6.6 1½ 5.5 40 + 2.5 + + 2 4.00 6.6 11.50sw 14.5 50 102 . 3.0 292 6.6 2½ 4.00 6.4 11.505w 14.2 65 102 2.9 292 6.4 3 4.00 - 6.4 5.50 15.0 80 102 2.9 140 6.8 4 4.00 - 6.5 5.50 17.0 100 102 2.9 140 7.7 - 5 4.00 - 6.4 5.50 17.0 125 102 2.9 140 7.7 8 21/2 16.00 7.9 12.00sw 26.1 200 x 65 406 - 3.6 305 11.8 3 5.00 9.3 12.00sw 22.0 80 I 127 I 4.2 305 10.0 Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an 5w" or "s" S= Carbon Steel Direcc Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Sec mental] iWelded www.victaulic.com VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vICTAuLIC COMPANY. © 2011 vICTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.01_22 REV_Q I CARBON STEEL PIPE - GROOVED FITTINGS 07.01 Grooved End Fittings Concentric/Eccentric Reducer NO. 50 Concentric NO. 51 Eccentric E to ltoE F u-EtoE-,. -EtoE --.1 n~ EiIIIIIIiii JiIIIIii Fabricated Steel Fabricated Steel NO. 50 NO. 51 No.50 No.51 I 1 I I 8 4 5.00 10.4 12.00sw 23.0 200 100 127 4.8 305 10.4 5 5.00 11.6 I 12.00sw 23.0 125 127 5.2 1 305 10.4 6 5.00 11.9 6.00 24.0 150 127 . 6.00 5.4 ______ 19.7 152 13.00sw 10.9 - -- - 32.0 10 4 250 x 100 152 8.9 330 14.5 5 . 34.3 34.6 125 + 15.6 -- .- + 15.7 .......... 6 6.00 20.0 13.00sw 36.9 150 152 9.1 330 j 16.7 - 8 6.00 22.0 7.00 21.6 200 152 10.0 178 95 12 4 x I 44.0 14.00sw 48.0 300 100 - 20.0 356 21.8 6 7.00 24.6 14.00sw 50.0 150 178 11.2 356 22.7 8 7.00 52.0 14.00sw t 53.5 200 178 23.6 I 356 24.3 10 7.00 39.0 14.00sw 57.0 250 178 13.00 17.7 - 65.0 I 356 13.00 -25.9 60.0 #14 6 x 350 150 330 29.5 330 27.2 13.00 - 65.0 13.00 . 60.0 8 200 330 29.5 330 27.2 10 13.00 66.0 13.00 65.0 250 330 29.9 330 29.5 12 13.00 68.0 13.00 66.0 300 330 14.00 30.8 73.0 330 14.00 29.9 73.0 #16 8 x 400 200 356 33.1 355 33.1 105 14.00 - 73.0 14.00 73.0 250 356 33.1 355 33.1 14.00 73.0 14.00 73.0 12 300 356 33.1 355 33.1 14 14.00 73.0 14.00 . 73.0 350 356 15.00 33.1 91.0 355 15.00 33.1 91.0 #18 10 x 450 250 381 - 41.3 381 . 41.3 Size Concentric Reducer Reducer 1'- 18 x 12 15.00 1 91.0 15.00 1 91.0 450 300 381 41.3 381 1 41.3 14 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 350 381 41.3 381 41.3 16 15.00 91.0 15.00 91.0 400 381 41.3 381 41.3 #20 10 20.00 110.0 20.00 177.0 500 x 250 508 49.9 508 80.3 120.0 20.00 120.0 12 20.00 300 508 54.4 1 508 54.4 14 20.00 I 149.0 20.00 149.0 350 508 67.9 508 I 67.9 I 120.0 20.00 120.0 16 20.00 400 508 - - 54.4 - 1 508 54.4 18 20.00 I 136.0 20.00 136.0 450 508 61.7 508 61.7 # 24 10 x 20.00 142.0 20.00 142.0 600 250 508 64.4 508 64.4 12 20.00 150.0 20.00 1 150.0 300 508 68.0 508 ~ 68.0 I 14 --- 20.00 162.0 20.00 1 162.0 . 350 508 1 73. 508 73.5 16 20.00 I 162.0 20.00 . 162.0 400 508 73.5 508 73.5 - - 18 20.00 162.0 1 2000. . 162.0 450 508 73.5 508 735 20 20.00 151.0 20.00 190.0 500 508 68.5 508 86.2 4 350- 0 AGS' For AGS fitting information, see publication 2005 + Contact Victaulic for details. C Available with male threaded small end No. 52. Note: All fittings are ductile iron unless otherwise noted with an "sw" or "5'r S= Carbon Steel Direct Roll Groove (OGS) SW= Carbon Steel Segmentally Welded IMPORTANT NOTE: Steel eccentric reducers available through 30/750mm, contact Victaulic for dimensions. # For roll grooved systems, Victaulic offers the Advanced Groove System (AGS). For pricing and availability of cut groove fittings in this size, contact your nearest Victaulic sales office. § Cast fitting available for uS size. Contact Victaulic for details. I I I I I I I I k I I I I I www.victaulic.com vicTAuLic IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 vICTAuLIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVQ vhtauiicr 07.O1_23 Grooved End Fittings INSTALLATION Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. UPDATED 12/2011 07.01 1449 REV vicTAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VIcTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VIcTAuLIc COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 07.01 \ /ta uIic I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I TO: PROJECT: PROJECT LOCATION: SPECIFIED ITEM: Section Page Paragraph Descdpflon DEWALT® Engineered By Powers DEWALT® Wood-knocker®II+ - The attached submittal package includes the product description, specifications, drawings, and performance data for use in the evaluation of the request. SUBMITTED BY: Name: Signature: Company: Address: Date: Telephone: Fax: FOR USE BY THE ARCHITECT AND/OR ENGINEER LII Approved El Approved as Noted El Not Approved (If not approved, please befly explain why the product was not accepted.) By: Date: Remarks: Questions or inquiries? Contact us atengineering@powers.com, or call 1.800.524.3244 ©2017 DEWALT® Engineered By Powers 1 DEWALT® Engineered By Powers DEWALT® Wood-knocker®ll+ Submittal Section: I Product Pages: - General Information - Installation Instructions - Design Tables - Ordering Information Code Reports & Agency Listings: - ICC—ES Approval: ESR-3657 (Steel Deck in Cracked & Uncracked Concrete) PD AAenvironment-to Offline version available for download at www.powersdesignassist.com. Powers developed the Powers Design Assist (PDA) anchor software to enable users to input technical data into a dynamic model visualize, consider, and specify anchors in today's changing engineering climate. For a demonstration of the latest version of PDA, contact us at (800) 524-3244. 2 I I I I I International Code Council, Evaluation Service (ICC-ES), ESR-3657 for concrete. Approved for seismic and wind loading (all diameters) Code compliant with the 2015 IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC Tested in accordance with ASTM E 488 and ICC-ES AC446 for use in concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318 (Strength Design method) Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in cracked and uncracked concrete Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1289, see listing for sizes. Also UL listed and recognized for use in air handling spaces. FM Approvals (Factory Mutual) - File No. J.l. 3059197 I + Fast and simple to install, low installed cost + Color coded by size for simple identification + Wood-Knocker 11+ can be installed in wood form pours only 3.5 thick I + Hex head does not rotate when set + Insert design allows for full thread engagement + All sizes suitable for tension and shear loading I I I I I I GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION WOOD-KNOCKER®II+ Concrete Inserts Wood-Knocker II concrete inserts are specifically designed to provide hangar attachments for mechanical, electrical, plumbing (MEP) and fire protection. Wood-Knocker 11+ concrete inserts are installed onto wooden forms used to support newly poured concrete floor slabs, roof slabs or walls. When the forms are stripped, the color-coded flange is visibly embedded in the concrete surface. The inserts allow the attachment of steel threaded rod or threaded bolts in sizes ranging from 1/4 to 3/4 in diameter, including a 3/8-1/2 multi insert. The hex impact plate offers resistance to rotation within the concrete as a steel threaded rod or threaded bolt is being installed. Hanging Pipe and Sprinkler Systems • Mechanical Unit Overhead Utilities HVAC Ductwork and Strut Channels • Conduit and Lighting System Suspending Trapeze and Cable Trays • Seismic Loading and Cracked Concrete General Information........... Material Specifications..... 2 Installation Instructions 2 Installation Specifications 3 Reference Data (ASD)....... 4 Strength Design (SD)......... 5 Ordering Information......... 8 Li WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ WOOD FORM INSERT ANCHOR MATERIALS Carbon Steel and Engineered Plastic ROD/ANCHOR SIZE RANGE (TYP.) 1/4 to 3/4 threaded rod for Wood-Knocker Concrete Inserts SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-Weight Concrete Lightweight Concrete CODE LISTED] IcC-ES _ESR-3657 CONCRETE I CSI Divisions: 03 15 19 - Cast-In Concrete Anchors and 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors. Concrete inserts shall be Wood-Knocker 11+ as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. I I I I MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Wood-Knocker 114. I Anchor component I component Material Insert Body AISI 1008 Carbon Steel or equivalent I Flange Engineered Plastic I Zinc Plating ASTM B 633 e/Zn5) I Mm. plating requirements for mild service condition Material Pronerties for Threaded Rod Steel Descilption Steel Specification I Rod Diameter I Minimum Yield Strength, I Minimum Ultimate Strength, (ASTM) I (Inch) J fy iisi) I L (Icsi) Standard carbon rod A 36 or A 307, Grade C 1/4 to 3/4 36.0 58.0 High strength carbon rod A 193, Grade B7 1/4 to 3/4 105.0 125.0 Allowable Steel Strength for Threaded Rod 0 Anchor Nominal Allowable Tension Allowable Shear Diameter d Area of Rod ASThI Asm, ASTM ASIA! ASIA! ASIA! In. in., A36 A307 Grade C A193 Grade B7 A36 A307 Grade C A193 Grade B7 (mm) (mm') lbs. lbs. () lbs. (IM lbs. lbs. lbs. () 1/4 0.0491 940 940 2,160 485 485 1,030 (6.4) (1.2) (4.2) (4.2) (9.7) (2.2) (2.2) (4.6) 3/8 0.1104 2,115 2,115 4,375 1,090 1,090 2,255 (9.5) (2.8) (9.5) (9.5) (19,7) (4.9) (4.9) (10.1) 1/2 0.1963 3,755 3,755 7,775 1,940 1,940 4,055 (12.7) (5.0) (16.9) (16.9) (35.0) (8.7) (8.7) (18.2) 5/8 0.3068 5,870 5,870 12,150 3,025 3,025 6,260 (15.9) (7.8) (26.4) (26.4) (54.7) (13.6) (13.6) (28.2) 3/4 0.4418 8,455 8,455 17,495 4,355 4,355 9,010 (19.1) (11.2) (38.0) (38.0) (78.7) (19.6) (19.6) (40.5) Allowable tension = f (Az,,,) (0.33); Allowable shear = fo (In( 10.171 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Wood-Knocker 11+ Position Drive Prepare Attach Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Position insert on formwork Drive insert head down until head After formwork removal, remove After concrete pour and cure, install threaded steel element plastic down. contacts plastic, nails as necessary(e.g. flush (rod/bolt) into the insert by firmly pushing threaded rod mounted fixtures). through plastic center to puncture thread seal. Attach fixture as applicable (e.g. seismic brace). 0 - 4 INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Wood-Knocker 11+ Dimension Notation Nominal Rod/Anchor Size 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" Insert Thread Length (in.) - 3/8 5/8 11/16 15/16 1-1/8 Plastic Flange Dia. n.) dpf 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 Plastic Flange Thickness (in.) - 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 Thread Size, UNC - 1/4-20 3/8-16 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 Overall Length, after setting (in.) Z 2 2 2 2 2 Break-Off Nail Length (in.) Z 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Steel Flange Thickness (in.) 6 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1/8 5 REFERENCE DATA (ASD) REFERENCE DATA (ASD) Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Wood-Knocker 11+ Inserts Installed in Normal-Weight Concrete'.',' (a Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength (fc) Re dAnsert Diameter Nominal Embedment Insert Edge 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) 4,500 psi (31.1 MPa) Ultimate Load Allowable Load Ultimate Load Allowable Load d Depth Spacing DiSt5flCe Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear In. (mm) (mm) (mm) His. Has. His. His. His. lbs. His. lbs. (kN) (i) OctO (kN) (kN) (ct) 1/4 2 6 6 3,720 1,490 1,240 495 4,250 1,610 1,415 535 (6.4) (50.8) (152) (152) (16.7) (6.9) (5.6) (2.2) (19.1) (7.2) (6.4) (2.4) 3/8 2 6 6 4,820 5,330 1,605 1,775 7,190 5,620 2,395 1,875 (9.5) (50.8) (152) (152) (211) (24.0) (7.2) (8.0) (32.4) (25.3) (10.8) (8.4) 1/2 2 6 6 4,820 7,400 1,605 2,465 7,190 8,590 2,395 2,865 (12.7) (50.8) (152) (152) (21.7) (33.3) (7.2) (11.1) (32.4) (38.7) (10.8) (12.9) 5/8 2 6 6 4,650 11,360 1,550 3,785 7,350 13,010 2,450 4,335 (15.9) (50.8) (152) (152) (20.9) (51.1) (7.0) (17.0) (33.1) (58.3) (12.7) (19.5) 3/4 2 6 6 4,650 11,360 1,550 3,785 7,350 14,590 2,450 4,865 (19.1) (50.8) (152) (152) (20.9) (51 .1) (7.0) (17.0) (33.1) (65.9) (11.0) (21.9) Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0. The allowable working load must be the lesser of the insert capacity or the steel strength of the threaded rod. Linear interpolation may be used to determine ultimate loads for intermediate compressive strengths. Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Wood-Knocker 11+ Inserts Installed in Sand-lightweight Concrete',' (a Rod/Insert Nominal Ic a 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) Ultimate Load Allowable Load Diameter Embedment Inse 5r19 Distance Edge d Depth 1. h in. in. Tension Shear Tension Shear (cm in. (mm) (mm) His. lbs. lbs. HIS. (mm) () (') 1/4 2 6 6 3,570 1,380 1,190 460 (6.4) (50.8) (152) (152) (15,9) (6,1) (5.3) (2.0) 3/8 2 6 6 4,270 5,280 1,425 1,760 (9.5) (50.8) (152) (152) (19,2) (23.8) (6.4) (7.9) 1/2 - .2 6 6 4,270 7,180 1,425 2,395 (12.7) (50.8) (152) (152) (19.2) (32.3) (6.4) (10.8) 5/8 2 6 6 4,600 7,590 1,535 2,530 (15.9) (50.8) 1 (152) 1 (152) (20.7) (34.2) (6.9) (11.4) 3/4 2 6 6 4,600 7,590 1,535 2,530 (19.1) (50.8) 1 (152) 1 (152) (20.7) (34.2) (6.9) (11.4) Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using an applied safety factor of 3.0. The allowable working load must be the lesser of the insert capacity or the steel strength of the threaded rod, For 1/4", 3/8" and 1/2" Wood-Knocker II: When the inserts are spaced 3" center-to-center the inserts allowable tension capacity must be reduced by 25 percent and the allowable shear capacity reduced by 15 percent. When the inserts have a 3" edge distance the inserts allowable tension capacity does not require a reduction and the allowable shear capacity must be reduced by 40 percent. T IH 2 Jix:: Insert (Typ) Threaded Rod (Typ) ,91 STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) STRENGTH DESIGN Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Design Information, 2,3,4,5,6,7,8 4) Design Information Symbol Units 114-Inch 318-Inch 1/2-inch 5/8-Inch 3/4-inch Insert O.D. da (d0) in. 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.0 (mm) (18) (18) (18) (25) (25) Insert head net bearing area Akg ma 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.30 1.30 (mm8) (762) (762) (762) (839) (839) Effective embedment depth h et in. 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 (mm) (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) Minimum member thickness hrnin - 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete k. - (SI) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) 24 (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete t'c,N - 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel strength Ito 10,270 10,270 9,005 12.685 12,685 'J) (45.7) (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) (564) Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel N ' lb 10,270 10,270 9,005 12,685 12,685 strength, for seismic loading '' (kN( (45.7) (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) (56.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert V,i1 Ito 7,180 7,180 9,075 (<N) (31.9) (31.9) (31.9) (40.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert, for seismic loading lb (kh 7,180 (31.9) 7,180 (31.9) 7,180F (44 7,180 (31.9) 9,075 (40.4) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 inch' = 635 mm', 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch und: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Concrete must have a compressive strength fc of 2,500 psi minimum. Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318 Appendix D for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3. It the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the approp/ate value of 0 must he determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4. The concrete tension strength of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be calculated in accordance with ACI 318 Appendix D. Insert O.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. Only the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the 3/8 & 1/2 inch multi insert must be used for applications resisting shear loads. Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distance for cast-in Wood-Knocker anchors shall be in accordance with ACI 318 0.8. The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod or bolt strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Steel Design Information table for common threaded rod elements. Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in Soffit of Form Pour Concrete Floor and Roof Assemblies -. Normal Weight Concrete / Or Lightweight Concrete / (Minimum 2,500 PSI) I V 17. 17 Thick . U Ijer:,. \, Wood-Knocker] Insert (Typ) Inserts may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck assembly. Inserts in the lower flute require a minimum 1.5" of concrete topping thickness (min. thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Upper flute installations require a minimum 3" topping thickness concrete (win, thick) from the top of the deck at the location of the installation. Axial spacing for Bang-It inserts along the flute length shall be minimum 3h,t. Upper flute Bang-lt+ inserts are not subject to steel deck dimension limitations, or the minimum steel deck gauge limitations. Inserts in the lower flute sf4-i /2-inch W-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1-1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 1-1/8 -inch is also satisfied. Inserts in the lower flute of B-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 3/4 -inch is also satisfied. Lower flute installations of B-Deck with flutes widths greater than 1-3/4 -inch are permitted. Lower flute installations of B-Deck in flute depths greater than 1-1/2 -inch are permitted provided the minimum edge distance of 3/4 -inch is met and the minimum lower flute width is increased proportionally (e.g. applicable to a lower flute depth of 2-inch with a minimum lower flute width of 2-1/4 -inch). B. Inserts in the lower flute of 3-7/8-inch W-Deck may be installed with a maximum 1-3/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. I I I 7 [1 I I I I I I I I I L I El I Li I STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Snecifications And Physical Pronerties Of Common Carbon Steel Threaded Rod Elements Mm. Specified Ultimate Mm. Specified Yield F Elongation Reduction Related Nut Threaded Rod ii units Strength, Strength - Minimum Of Area Specification' Pb 0.2 Percent Offset, Fya F5 Percent' Min. Percent ASTM A36/A36M' and psi 58,000 36,000 1.61 23 40 ASTM A1Y4/ Fl 5543 Grade 36 (MPa) (400) (248) (50 for A36) A563 Grade A Carbon ASTM F15543 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 15 45 Steel Grade 105 (MPa) 1 (862) (724) 1 ASTM Al 94 / ASTMA193/A193M4 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 16 50 A563 Grade OH Grade B7 (MPa) (860) (720) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa, For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi. Inserts may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steels (all-thread) that comply with code reference standards and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series. Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. Based on 2-inch (50 mm) gauge length except ASTM A193, which are based on a gauge length of 4d (di). Where nuts are applicable, nuts of other grades and style having specified proof load stress greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Steel Desian Information For Common Threaded Rod Elements Used With Concrete Inserts12'34 4) Design Infonnation Symbol Units 1/44nch 3/8-inch 112-Inch 518-Inch 3/4-Inch Threaded rod nominal outside diameter dx in. 0.250 (6.4) 0.375 (9.5) 0.500 (12.7) 0.750 (mm) 0.625 (15.9) (19.1) Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area in 2 0.032 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.335 Nominal tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as N'"°" lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 governed by steel strength (kN) (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM A36 threaded N s&ro,xs,ei lb 1,855 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,430 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (8.2) (20.0) (36.6) (58.3) (86.4) Nominal tension strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 threaded Nm,rod,87 lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal seismic tension strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. 87 N SrOd,B7,w lb 4,000 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,875 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod as V sodA36 lb 1,115 2,715 4,940 7,865 11,660 governed by steel strength (kN) (4.9) (12.1) (22.0) (35.0) (51.9) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM A36 threaded v 1oe lb 780 1,900 3,460 5,505 8,160 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (3.5) (8.4) (15.4) (24.5) (36.3) Nominal shear strength of ASTM A193, Gr. B7 threaded V lb 2,385 5,815 10,640 16,950 25,085 rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (10.6) (25.9) (7.3) (75.4) (111.6) Nominal seismic shear strength of ASTM Al 93, Gr. B7 v 0d.07.e1 lb 1,680 4,095 7,455 11,865 17,590 threaded rod as governed by steel strength (kN) (7.5) (18.2) (34.2) (52.8) (78.2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in3 = 645.2 mm'. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. Values provided for steel element material types based on minimum specified strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Eq. (0-2) and Eq. (0-29). ON. shall be the lower of the or Nsausei for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading 41\1sa.04 shall be the lower of the or 'N,n,rnteq. OV. shall be the lower of the OV.s. or for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading shall be the lower of the ovarw,. or 0Vsnsert,3i. Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-11 0.4.3 for steel elements. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.70 for shear for ductile steel elements; values correspond to ductile steel elements. The value ofo applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC or ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.3. It the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix Care used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4. STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in the Soffit of Form Poured Concrete and Root Assemblies - Uncracked Concrete' 1,1.1,5,6 Nominal Anchor Diameter he (in.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Embed fc = 3.000 psi fc = 4,000 psi t'c = 6,000 psi q5Nn Tension (lbs.) Q5Vn Shear (lbs.) Olin Tension (lbs.) 15Vn Shear (lbs.) Olin Tension (lbs.) On Shear (lbs.) 1/4 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 3/8 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 1/2 1-3/4 2,665 2,420 3,075 2,795 3,765 3,425 5/8 1-3/4 2,665 2,665 3,075 3,075 3,765 3,765 3/4 1-3/4 2,665 2,665 3,075 3,075 3,765 3,765 0 - Anchor Pullout/Pryuut Strength Controls 0 - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Installed in the Soffit of Form Poured Concrete and Roof Assemblies - Cracked Concrete' 1,3A5,6 Nominal Anchor Diameter hm (in.) Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength f'c = 3,000 psi 1°c = 4,000 psi 1°c = 6,000 psi Olin Tension (lbs.) q5vn Shear (lbs.) Øn Tension (lbs.) qVn Shear (lbs.) Tension (lbs.) Olin Vn Shear (lbs.) 1/4 1 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 3/8 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 1/2 1-3/4 2,130 1,730 2,460 2,000 3,015 2,445 5/8 1-3/4 2,130 2,130 2,460 2,460 3,015 3,015 3/4 1-3/4 2,130 2,130 2,460 2,460 3,015 3,015 0 - Anchor Pullout/Piyout Strength Controls 0 - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls 1 - Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weight concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmia, and with the following conditions: - Cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, Cac. - Ca2 is greater than or equal to 1,5 times Cal. Calculations were performed following methodology in ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The load level corresponding to the failure mode listed [steel strength of insert (N,,005, V,14), concrete breakout strength, or pryout strength] must be checked against the tabulated steel strength of the corresponding threaded rod type, Vsa,ro,j), the lowest load level controls, Strength reduction factors (o) for the inserts are based on ACI 318-11 D.4.3 for cast-in headed anchors. Condition B is assumed. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318 Section 9.2 governed by steel strength of the insert are taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. Tabular values are permitted for short-term static loads Only, seismic loading is not considered with these tables, For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-11 Appendix D and information contained in this product supplement. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-11 Appendix D. I ri I I I I L H I I I I I I I I I I I ORDERING INFORMATION ORDERING INFORMATION Wood-Knocker9I+ Form Insert (UNC Cat No. Description Color Code Std. Box PFM2521100 1/4 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Brown 100 PFM2521150 3/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Green 100 PFM2521200 1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Yellow 100 PFM2521 250 5/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Red 100 PFM2521300 3/4" Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert Purple 100 PFM2521350 3/8-1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Multi Insert Gray 100 Threaded Inserts are color coded to easily identify location and diameter of the internally threaded coupling, allowing multiple trades on the same job to suspend their systems with various size steel threaded rods. Wood-Knocker°Il+ Form Insert (UNC) with no nails Cat No. Description Color Code SW. Box PFM2521100NN 1/4" Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Brown 100 PFM252115ONN 3/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Green 100 PFM2521 200NN 1/2 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Yellow 100 PFM2521 250NN 5/8 Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Red 100 PFM2521 300NN 3/4" Wood-Knocker 11+ Insert with no nails Purple 100 PFM2521350NN 3/8-1/2" Wood-Knocker 11+ Multi Insert with no nails Gray 100 Wood-Knocker 11+ Form Inserts with no nails must be screwed to the concrete form work (screws not included). CD 0 + 10 DIVISION: 03 0000—CONCRETE SECTION: 03 15 19—CAST-IN CONCRETE ANCHORS SECTION: 03 1600—CONCRETE ANCHORS I I I I I I I I REPORT HOLDER: DEWALT 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 EVALUATION SUBJECT: WOOD-KNOCKER® AND WOOD-KNOCKER® 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS AND BANG-IT®+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE (DEWALT I POWERS) 1CC ICC ICC CD C PMG LISTED Look for the trusted marks of Conformity! "2014 Recipient of Prestigious Western States Seismic Policy Council on INTERNATIONAL (WSSPC) Award in Excellence" A Subsidiary of CODE COUNCIr ScCA \ ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not ca.p,.,sdfl.d specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a I recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLc, express or implied, as ISO/IEC 1 7065 to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Prodoct Co0oo0o, Body 41000 Cnnvripht © 7017 ICC FviIiitinn crvic, 11 C All right-, rcrvr1. 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-3657 Reissued December 2016 Revised March 2017 This report is subject to renewal December 2017. www.icc-es.orq I (800) 423-6587 I (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council® I LI DIVISION: 03 00 00—CONCRETE Section: 03 15 19—Cast-In Concrete Anchors Section: 03 16 00—Concrete Anchors Is.ilIs1uI] DEWALT 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 (800) 524-3244 www.dewalt.com engineering(powers.com ADDITIONAL LISTEE: POWERS FASTENERS 701 EAST JOPPA ROAD TOWSON, MARYLAND 21286 (800) 524-3244 www.powers.com engineeringpowers.com EVALUATION SUBJECT: WOOD-KNOCKER® AND WOOD-KNOCKER® 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS AND BANG-IT®+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK IN CRACKED AND UNCRACKED CONCRETE (DEWALT I POWERS) 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: 2015, 2012, and 2009 International Building Code® (IBC) U 2015, 2012, and 2009 International Residential Code® (IRC) Properties evaluated: Structural 2.0 USES The Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ concrete inserts are used to resist static, wind, and seismic tension and shear loads in cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight, and all-lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPato 68.9 MPa). The Bang-lt+ steel deck concrete inserts are used to resist static, wind, and seismic tension and shear loads in the soffit of cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete and sand-lightweight concrete on steel deck having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa). There are seven models for the Wood-Knocker inserts; five fractional and two metric: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, Mb, M12, 1/2-inch, 5/8-inch, and 3/4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. There are six models for the Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, /8 & 1/2-inch multi, 1/2-inch, 5/5-inch, and /4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. There are eight models for the Bang-lt+ inserts; five fractional and two metric: 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, /8 & 1/2-inch multi, Mb, M12, 1/2-inch, 5/8-inch, and 3/4-inch, corresponding to the sizes of the threaded rods or bolts used for the inserts. Reference to "inserts" in this report refers to the manufactured specialty anchorage products (Wood- Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+) used in concrete; reference to "steel elements" refers to threaded rods or bolts; reference to "anchors" in this report refers to the installed inserts in concrete with threaded rods or bolts. The /8 & 1/2-inch multi inserts use an internal step thread that can accept /8 and 1/2-inch diameter threaded rods or bolts. Applications designed to resist shear loads must use the larger diameter threaded rod or bolt. The inserts are alternatives to cast-in anchors described in Section 1901.3 of the 2015 IBC, Sections 1908 and 1909 of the 2012 IBC and Sections 1911 and 1912 of the 2009 IBC. The anchors may be used where an engineered design is submitted in accordance with Section R301.1.3 of the IRC. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+ and Bang-lt+ Inserts: Product names for the report holder and the additional listee are presented in the following table: I Company Name Product Name I DEWALT I Wood-Knocker 11+ I I Bang-lt®+ Powers Fasteners Wood-Knocker I Bang ltC I The Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts are cast-in concrete form inserts. The inserts consists of a steel internally threaded headed insert (body), an outer ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service. LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. CoDvriaht © 2017 icc Evaluation Service. LLC. All riahts reserved. 12 I I OVIE flt©t Paael of 13 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 2 of 13 plastic sleeve and nails used to attach the insert to the inside surface of concrete formwork. The inserts are illustrated in Figure 1A, lB and Figure 6. The internally threaded inserts are manufactured from low carbon steel. The Wood-Knocker inserts have minimum 5 pm (0.002-inch) zinc plating. The plastic sleeve is fabricated from polypropylene. The Bang-lt+ steel deck inserts are cast-in concrete inserts. The insert consists of a steel internally threaded headed insert (body), an outer spring, a plastic sleeve and a washer (base plate). The insert is illustrated in Figure 2 and Figure 6. The internally threaded insert and washer are manufactured from low carbon steel. The Bang-It+ inserts have a minimum 5 pm (0.002-inch) zinc plating. The spring is manufactured from steel music wire. The plastic sleeve is fabricated from polypropylene. The anchor assembly is comprised of a Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, or Bang-lt+ insert with a threaded steel element (e.g. rod or bolt). The Wood-Knocker insert is installed on the inside surface of wood formwork and the nails driven into the form until the insert base sits flush on the form. The Wood-Knocker 11+ insert is installed on the inside surface of wood formwork and the head driven down until it comes into contact with the plastic sleeve and the nails enter the form. The Bang-lt+ insert is installed in a predrilled hole in the topside of the metal deck, and impacted with sufficient force to compress the spring and drive the flared plastic fins of the sleeve completely through the hole. Concrete can then be cast over the insert. 3.2 Steel Elements: 3.2.1 Threaded Steel Rods and Bolts: Threaded steel rods (all-thread) or bolts must be threaded on their embedded end in diameters as described in Table 5 of this report. Specifications for grades of common threaded rod or bolts, including the mechanical strength properties are described in Table 4 of this report. Carbon steel threaded rods or bolts must be furnished with a minimum 0.0002-inch-thick (0.005 mm) zinc plating. 3.2.2 Ductility: In accordance with ACI 318 Dl, in order for a steel anchor element to be considered ductile, the tested elongation must be at least 14 percent and the reduction of area must be at least 30 percent. Steel elements with a tested elongation of less than 14 percent or a reduction of area less than 30 percent, or both, are considered brittle. Values for common steel threaded rod elements are provided in Tables 4 and 5 of this report. Where values are nonconforming or unstated, the steel element must be considered brittle 3.3 Concrete: Normal-weight, sand-lightweight, and all-lightweight concrete must conform to Sections 1903 and 1905 of the IBC. 3.4 Steel Deck Panels: Steel deck panels must be in accordance with the configuration in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C and have a minimum base steel thickness of 22 gage [0.034 inch (0.864 mm)]. Steel must comply with ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 minimum and have a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (228 MPa). 4.0 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION 4.1 Strength Design: 4.1.1 General: Design strength of anchors complying with the 2015 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2015 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2012 IBC as well as Section R301.1.3 of the 2012 IRC, must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix D and this report. Design strength of anchors complying with the 2009 IBC and Section R301.1.3 of the 2009 IRC must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-08 Appendix D and this report. Design parameters provided in Tables 2, 3, and 5 of this report are based on the 2015 IBC (ACI 318-14) and the 2012 IBC (ACI 318-11), as applicable, unless noted otherwise in Sections 4.1.1 through 4.1.12. The strength design of anchors must comply with ACI 318-14 17.3.1 or ACI 318-11 D.4.1, as applicable, except as required in ACI 318-14 17.2.3orACI 318 D.3.3, as applicable. Strength reduction factors, 0, as given in ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors, must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.2 of the IBC, Section 5.3 of ACI 318-14 and Section 9.2 of ACI 318-11. Strength reduction factors,Ø, as given in ACI 318-11 D.4.4 must be used for load combinations calculated in accordance with ACI 318-11 Appendix C. An example calculation in accordance with the 2012 IBC is provided in Figure 9. The value of f'0 used in the calculations must be limited to a maximum of 10,000 psi (68.9 MPa), in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.2.7 or ACI 318-11 D.3.7, as applicable. The pullout strength in tension is not decisive for design and does not need to be evaluated. 4.1.2 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Tension: The nominal static steel strength in tension, Nsa, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,rod, as illustrated in Table 5 of this report. The lesser of ONsamd in Table 5 or 0Nsa,inse,i provided in Tables 2 and 3 shall be used as the steel strength in tension. 4.1.3 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension: For the Wood-Knocker, Wood- Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in tension, Ncb or Ncbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2 as applicable for cast-in headed bolts, with modifications as described in this section, and with Figures 3, 4A, 4B and 4C of this report, as applicable. The basic concrete breakout strength in tension, Nb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.2, as applicable, using the values of hef given in Tables 2 and 3, and with kc = 24. The nominal concrete breakout strength in tension in regions where analysis indicates no cracking in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.6, as applicable, must be calculated with tPc,N = 1.25. For the Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete filled steel deck assemblies, the contribution of the steel deck strength must be ignored and the calculation of AN/ ANCO in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.1, as applicable, and Camin (minimum edge distance) must be based on Figures 4A, 4B and 4C. 4.1.4 Requirements for Static Side-Face Blowout Strength in Tension: For the Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal side-face blowout I I [1 U I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 13 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 3 of 13 strength of a headed insert, Nsb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.4.1, as applicable, for the cast-in headed insert, in cracked and uncracked concrete, as applicable. For the Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, calculation of the concrete side blowout strength is not required. 4.1.5 Requirements for Static Steel Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal static steel strength in shear, Vsa, of a single anchor must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsa,,d, given in Table 5 of this report. The lesser Of øVsamd in Table 5 or OVa,i .. rt in Table 2 shall be used as the steel strength in shear, and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a or 17.5.1.2b; or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-28 or D-29, as applicable. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal static steel strength in shear, Vsa,deck, of a single Bang-lt+ insert, in the lower flute and upper flute of concrete filled steel deck assemblies, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsa rod, given in Table 5 of this report. The lesser of q$Vsa,rod in Table 5 or q5Vsa,inse,t,deck in Table 3 shall be used as the steel strength in shear, and must be used in lieu of the values derived by calculation from ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a or 17.5.1.2b; or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-28 or D-29, as applicable. 4.1.6 Requirements for Static Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear, VCb or Vcbg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2, as applicable. The basic concrete breakout strength, Vb, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2.2, as applicable, based on the values provided in Table 1. The value of te used in ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.2.2a or ACI 318-11 Eq. D-33, as applicable, must be taken as no greater than the lesser of hef or 8da. For the Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete on steel deck floor and roof assemblies, as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, the breakout strength in shear need not be calculated. 4.1.7 Requirements for Static Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear: For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete pryout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors, Vcp or Vcpg, respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable. For the Bang-It+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete filled steel deck assemblies, as shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, calculation of the concrete pry-out strength in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.3, as applicable, is not required. 4.1.8 Requirements for Seismic Design: 4.1.8.1 General: For load combinations including seismic, the design must be performed in accordance with ACI 318- 14 17.2.3 or ACI 318-11 D.3.3, as applicable. Modifications to ACI 318-14 17.2.3 shall be applied under Section 1905.1.8 of the 2015 IBC. For the 2012 IBC, Section 1905.1.9 shall be omitted. Modifications to ACI 318-08 D.3.3 shall be applied under Section 1908.1.9 of the 2009 IBC. The anchors may be installed in Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC. For Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and nominal concrete side-face blowout strength for anchors in tension; and the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4 and 17.5 or ACI 318-11 D.5 and D.6, as applicable. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension; and the nominal concrete breakout strength in the upper flute of concrete filled steel deck assemblies for anchors in shear, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4 and 17.5 or ACI 318- 11 D.5 and D.6, as applicable. 4.1.8.2 Seismic Tension: For Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors, the nominal steel strength in tension, Nsa, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,md,eq, as given in Table 5, not to exceed the corresponding values of Nsa,inse,,eq in Table 2 of this report; the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, as described in Section 4.1.3 of this report; the nominal concrete side-face blowout strength must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.4.1 and 17.4.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.4.1 and D.5.4.2, as applicable, and Section 4.1.4 of this report. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal steel strength in tension, Nsa, of a single anchor must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 D.5.1, as applicable, for the threaded steel element, Nsa,rorj,eg, as given in Table 5, not to exceed the corresponding values of Nsa,jnsert,eq in Table 3 of this report; the nominal concrete breakout strength for anchors in tension must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2, as applicable, as described in Section 4.1.3 of this report; the nominal concrete pullout strength calculations in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.3.1 and 17.4.3.4 or ACI 318-11 D.5.3.1 and D.5.3.4, as applicable, are not required. 4.1.8.3 Seismic Shear: For Wood-Knocker anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2 and D.6.3, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318- 11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, the nominal steel strength for seismic loads, Vsa,eq, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsa,md,eq, given in Table 5 of this report, not to exceed the corresponding values of Vsa,jnsejeq in Table 2. For Bang-lt+ anchors, the nominal concrete breakout strength and pryout strength in shear, calculations in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 and 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.6.2 and D.6.3, as applicable, as described in Sections 4.1.6 and 4.1.7 of this report, are not required. In accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.1.2 or ACI 318-11 D.6.1.2, as applicable, the nominal steel strength for seismic loads, Vsa,eq, must be taken as the threaded steel element strength, Vsa,md,eq, given in Table 5 of this report, not to exceed the corresponding values of Vsajnsert,rjeckeq, in Table 3, for lower flute or upper flute of the concrete filled steel deck assembly, as applicable. 114 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 4 of 13 4.1.9 Requirements for Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.6 or AC! 318-11 D.7, as applicable. Due to the projection of the internally-threaded end of the Bang-lt+ insert when installed in concrete filled steel deck assemblies (approximately 3/4-inch), for anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tension and shear forces, the design engineer must verify the validity of the 'interaction equation in ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11 D.7, as applicable. 4.1.10 Requirements for Minimum Member Thickness, Minimum Anchor Spacing and Minimum Edge Distance: Requirements on headed cast-in specialty anchor edge distance, spacing, member thickness, and concrete strength must be in accordance with the requirements in AC! 318 as applicable for cast-in bolts. For Bang-lt+ inserts installed in the soffit of sand- lightweight or normal-weight concrete over profile steel deck floor and roof assemblies, the anchors must be installed in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B and 4C and shall have a minimum axial spacing along the flute in accordance with Table 3. 4.1.11 Requirements for Critical Edge Distance: The critical edge distance, Cac, must be calculated in accordance with AC! 318-14 17.7.2 or ACI 318-11 D.8.2, as applicable. The modification factor ¶PcpN = 1.0 in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2.5 or ACI 318-11 D.5.2.5, as applicable. 4.1.12 Sand-lightweight Concrete: For AC! 318-14, 318- 11 and 318-08, when the Wood-Knocker and Wood- Knocker 11+ anchors are used in sand-lightweight or all- lightweight concrete, the modification factor Aa 01 A, respectively, for concrete breakout strength must be taken as 0.85 for sand-lightweight or 0.75 for alt-lightweight according to AC! 318-14 17.2.6 (2015 IBC), AC! 318-11 D.3.6 (2012 IBC) or ACI 318-08 D.3.4 (2009 IBC). For Bang-It+ inserts in the soffit of sand-lightweight concrete-filled steel deck, Aa or A shall be taken as 0.85 and applied to the concrete breakout strength in tension only as applicable. Values are shown in Table 3 and installation details are shown in Figures 4A, 4B and 4C. 4.2 Allowable Stress Design (ASD): 4.2.1 General: Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) load combinations calculated in accordance with Section 1605.3 of the IBC, must be established as follows: TaiiowableASD = a - øv VajjowabIeASD - a where: Tailowab!e,ASD = Allowable tension load (lbf or kN). VaI/owabJeASD = Allowable shear load (lbf or kN). ONn Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in tension as determined in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 !BC Section 1905.1.8, AC! 318- 11, -08 Appendix D, and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, as applicable (lbf or N). Ovn Lowest design strength of an anchor or anchor group in shear as determined in accordance with AC! 318-14 Chapter 17 and 2015 IBC Section 1905.1.8, ACI 318- 11, -08 Appendix D, and 2009 IBC Section 1908.1.9, as applicable (lbf or N). a = Conversion factor calculated as a weighted average of the load factors for the controlling load combination. In addition, a must include all applicable factors to account for non-ductile failure modes and required over-strength. The requirements for member thickness, edge distance and spacing, described in this report, must apply. Examples of allowable stress design values for tension and shear for illustrative purposes are shown in Tables 6 through 9. The values presented in Tables 6 through 9 are only valid when all of the conditions given in the footnotes to the respective tables are applicable. 4.2.2 Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces: For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11, -08 D.7, as applicable, as follows: For shear loads Vappljed 15 0.2Valjowab!e,ASD, the full allowable load in tension must be permitted. For tension loads Tapplied :5 0.2TallowableASo, the full allowable load in shear must be permitted. For all other cases: Tapplied + Vapplied < 1.2 (Eq-1) TatlowableAsD VallowableAsD Due to the projection of the internally-threaded end of the Bang-lt+ insert when installed in concrete filled steel deck assemblies (approximately 3/4-inch), for anchors or groups of anchors that are subject to the effects of combined tension and shear forces, the design engineer must verify the validity of the interaction equation in AC! 318-14 17.6 or ACI 318-11, -08 D.7 as applicable. 4.3 Installation: For the Wood-Knocker and Wood-Knocker 11+ inserts, installation parameters are provided in Table 2 and in Figures 3 and 7. Wood-Knocker inserts must be positioned on wood or similar formwork with all three nails in contact with the form. The head of the Wood-Knocker must be impacted with sufficient force to drive nails all the way into the formwork until the plastic base sits flush and tight against the form. For the Wood-Knocker 11+, the head of the insert must be impacted with sufficient force until it comes into contact with the plastic sleeve and the nails enter the form completely. From beneath the deck, following the concrete pour and form removal, a threaded rod or bolt element must be screwed into the internal threads of the Wood-Knocker or until fully seated in the inserts, which will result in a thread Wood-Knocker 11+ engagement equal to one diameter. The threaded steel rod or bolt element must have a minimum thread engagement equal to one steel element diameter. For the Bang-lt+ inserts, installation parameters are provided in Table 3 and in Figures 4A, 413, 4C and 7. A hole must be made in the steel deck using a step-drill, hole saw, deck punch or equivalent in accordance with the following hole diameters: 13/16-inch or 7/8-inch (21 mm or 22 mm) diameter [for Bang-lt+ 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch, & I I I I I I I [1 I I I I I Li LI I I I 15 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 5 of 13 '12-inch multi, Mb, M12, or 1/2-inch] and 13/6-inch or 1114-inch (30 mm or 32 mm) [for Bang-lt+ 1/,inch or 3/4-inch]. The Bang-lt+ plastic sleeve must be placed in the hole, and following this, the head of the insert must be impacted with sufficient force to compress the outer spring and drive the flared plastic fins of the sleeve completely through the hole in the steel deck. The Bang-It+ metal base plate may be screwed to the deck for additional stability (optional). Before or after Bang-lt+ insertion in deck, a threaded rod or bolt element must be inserted through the plastic thread protector nozzle until contact is made with the inner steel barrel. The threaded rod or bolt element must then be screwed into the Bang-lt+ internal threads. The rod or bolt must be tightened until fully seated in the insert, which will result in a thread engagement equal to a minimum of one rod diameter. The plastic sleeve must be cut and trimmed to the surface of the insert following the concrete pour if the insert is intended to resist shear loads. Bang-It+ inserts are permitted to be installed in either the upper or lower flute of the steel deck. Installation of Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+ and Bang-lt+ inserts must be in accordance with this evaluation report and the manufacturer's published installation instruction (MPh) as provided in Figure 8 of this report. In the event of a conflict between this report and the MPll, this report governs. 4.4 Special Inspection: Periodic special inspection is required in accordance with Section 1705.1.1 and Table 1705.3 of the 2015 or 2012 IBC, or Section 1704.15 and Table 1704.4 of the 2009 IBC, as applicable. The special inspector must make periodic inspections during installation of the headed cast-in specialty inserts to verify insert type, insert dimensions, concrete type, concrete compressive strength, insert spacing, edge distances, concrete member thickness, insert embedment, threaded rod fully seated into insert, and adherence to the manufacturer's printed installation instructions. The special inspector must be present as often as required in accordance with the "statement of special inspection." Under the IBC, additional requirements as set forth in Sections 1705, 1706 and 1707 must be observed, where applicable. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The Wood-Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-It+ concrete specialty anchors described in this report are acceptable alternatives to what is specified in the codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 Specialty inserts are limited to dry interior locations. 5.2 Specialty insert sizes, dimensions, minimum embedment depths, and other installation parameters are as set forth in this report. 5.3 Specialty inserts must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions and this report. In case of conflict, this report governs. 5.4 Specialty inserts must be limited to use in cracked and uncracked normal-weight concrete, sand- lightweight concrete and all-lightweight concrete having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa) for the Wood-Knocker inserts, and in cracked and uncracked normal-weight or sand-lightweight concrete filled steel deck assemblies having a specified compressive strength, f, of 2,500 psi to 10,000 psi (17.2 MPa to 68.9 MPa) for the Bang-lt+ inserts. 5.5 The values of fc used for calculation purposes must not exceed 10,000 psi (68.9 MPa). 5.6 Strength design values must be established in accordance with Section 4.1 of this report. 5.7 Allowable design values are established in accordance with Section 4.2. 5.8 Specialty insert spacing and edge distance as well as minimum member thickness must comply with ACI 318 Section D.8 for cast-in-place headed anchors 5.9 Prior to installation, calculations and details demonstrating compliance with this report must be submitted to the code official. The calculations and details must be prepared by a registered design professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. 5.10 Since an ICC-ES acceptance criteria for evaluating data to determine the performance of the specialty inserts subjected to fatigue or shock loading is unavailable at this time, the use of these inserts under such conditions is beyond the scope of this report. 5.11 Specialty inserts may be installed in regions of concrete where analysis indicates cracking may occur (ft> fr) subject to the conditions of this report. 5.12 Specialty inserts may be used to resist short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces in locations designated as Seismic Design Categories A through F of the IBC, subject to the conditions of this report. 5.13 Where not otherwise prohibited in the code, Wood- Knocker, Wood-Knocker 11+, and Bang-lt+ inserts are permitted for use with fire-resistance-rated construction provided that at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled: Headed cast-in specialty inserts that support a fire-resistance-rated envelope or a fire- resistance-rated membrane are protected by approved fire-resistance-rated materials, or have been evaluated for resistance to fire exposure in accordance with recognized standards. Headed cast-in specialty inserts are used to resist wind or seismic forces only. Headed cast-in specialty inserts are used to support nonstructural elements. 5.14 Use of zinc-coated carbon steel anchors is limited to dry, interior locations. 5.15 Special inspection must be provided in accordance with Section 4.4. 5.16 Specialty inserts are manufactured under an approved quality control program with inspections by ICC-ES. 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Headed Cast-in Specialty Inserts in Concrete (AC446), dated February 2015, editorially revised January 2016. 6.2 Quality control documentation. 7.0 IDENTIFICATION The inserts are identified by packaging labeled with the insert size, lot number, company name, and corresponding insert name as set forth in Section 3.1 of this report, and evaluation report number (ESR-3657). The inserts have the letters Wood-Knocker or Bang-lt+, as applicable, and the specific size embossed atop the head of the insert, visible prior to installation for verification. 'Hate' 'art - tHQt.AO 'rat '----n nrnay.. 0 150 BANG-ri _____ eI5O 11 THttAt ( MM ,KNUjIDCR II VaO13 I K,1 rJ cK E I / I H Li StCflON A-A ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 6 of 13 I FIGURE IA— WOOD-KNOCKER CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FOR FORM POUR CONCRETE FIGURE 2—BANG-IT+ CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FOR CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES woo KNO&R)( \&R 01.7 )\\ Thread Markieg maddflo Internal Th,ad 0 114* 3/'3f8*& S€CTIONA.A FIGURE 113—WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ CAST-IN-PLACE INSERTS FOR FORM POUR CONCRETE Before Setting (head plate starting position) and After Setting (head plate and nails down) Head Plate f 2-314 IPlastic Sleeve I I I I I I I I I TABLE 1—DESIGN USE AND REPORT TABLE INDEX DESIGN STRENGTH WOOD-KNOCKER INSERTS WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ INSERTS BANG-IT+ STEEL DECK INSERTS THREADED STEEL ELEMENTS Steel Nsa, V, Table 2 Table 2 Table 3 Table 5 Concrete N5b, Nbg Table 2 Table 2 Table 3 Not applicable V8, Vcbg, Vep, V 8 Table 2 Table 2 Not applicable Not applicable Side-face Blowout I NSb Table 2 Table 2 Not applicable Not applicable CONCRETE TYPE CONCRETE STATE INSERT! STEEL ELEMENT NOMINAL SIZE SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES' Normal-weight and lightweight Cracked 1/4,.,3/8,., Mb, M12, 1/2.,,5/8,,, 3/4 A through F Uncracked 1 /4"3/8", Mb, M12, 1/2,,, '2 18, /4 A through F For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch. 'Reference ACI 318-14 17.3.1.1 or ACI 318-11 D.4.1.1 as applicable. The controlling strength is decisive from all appropriate failure modes (i.e. steel, concrete, pryout and side-face blowout, as applicable) and design assumptions. The pullout strength in tension is not decisive for design and does not need to be evaluated. 2See Section 4.1.8 for requirements for seismic design, where applicable. I 1 17 ESR-3657 I Most L4'idely Accepted and Trusted Page 7 of 13 /—NORMAL WEIGHT CCNCRETE DR LIQ4TJEIG I / CONCRETE (MIN MUM 2,500 PSI) T 11J211....2. 2,L I INSERT FIGURE 3—WOC-D-KNOCKER OR WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN FORM POUR CONCRETE FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES /— e1e-1rnsntfl $1_87E 118 811445. 441111-1 c.38t88.1C 8',.ER 018L DEC IM,.418U14 5.542 PSL' 4. Vat NCR rLUIC FIGURE A—BANG-IT+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK F_OOR AN: ROOF ASSEMBLIES' 2,3 NMU 1rwl tzllrsClc 18 ' CVD typ I FIGURE 4B—BANG-IT+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES"2'3'5'0'7 5wb-UC'iVv5roI &,IL 54 52845. 'dt1-4 2Vc8 StiL 2c40 f40004 5.208 '23 vocp mute _ #54 5'4 j CAUdE 40i14.C3 FIGURE 4C—BANG-IT+ INSERTS INSTALLED IN SOFFIT OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECK FLOOR AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES1'2'2'8 'Inserts may oe placed irithe upper flute or lower flute othe steel deck assemb y. Inserts in the lower flute require a mirimun- 1.5" ocsncrete topping thickness (mm. thick in FEgures) from the top of the upper flute. Upper flute installations require a minimum 3"concrete topping thickness from the top of the upper flute. Inserts in upper flute may be installed anywhere across upper flute. 2Axial spacing for Bang-it+ inserts along the lower flute lergth shall be minimum 3h0,. 3Upper flute Bang-it+ inserts are not subject to steel deck dimension limitations, or the minimum steel deck gauge limita.br.s. 4lnserts ir. the 1cwe flute of Figure 4A may be installed with a maximum 11/8-inch offset in either direction from the centeof the flute. The offset distance may be increased for flute widths greater than :hc-se shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance of 1.1/8,-irch is also satisfied. 'Inserts in the lcwer flute of Figure 4B maybe installed with a maximum 1/8 -inch offset in either direction from the center of :,e. flute. The offset distance maybe ir.cre8sed for flute widths greater than those shown provided the mi iimum lower flute edge distance of 3/4 -inch is also satisfied. 6Lower flute ihstallations of Figure 413 with flutes widths greater than 1/4 -inch ae permitted. 7Lower flute installations of Figure 413 in flute depths greater than 11/2-inch are permitted providec the minimum edge dietane of 3/4 -inch is met and the minimum lower flute width is increased proportionally (e.g. applicable to a lcwer flute depth of 2-inch with a minimum lower flute width of 2/4 -inch). 81n5ert5 in the lower flute of Figure 4C may be installed Mtn a maximum 12/.5 -inch offset in either direction from the center of tie flute. 18 I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 8 of 13 TABLE 2-WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD KNOCKER 11+ INSERT DESIGN INFORMATION 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS 114-inch 3/8-inch MIO 1 M12 1 1/2-inch 5/8-inch I 3/4-inch Insert O.D. d (d0) in. 0.7 (18) 1.0 (25) Insert head net bearing area Ab.g inz (MM (762) 1.20 1.30 (839) Effective embedment depth h f in. 1.75 (45) 1.75 (45) Minimum member thickness h.in in. (mm) 3.5 (89) 3.5 (89) Minimum spacing and edge distances s,,,,, c,,,, - See ACI 318 Section 0.8.1 and D.8.2 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc (SI) 24- (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete PCN - 1.25 Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel N lb 10,270 9,005 12,685 strength ....QL (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) Nominal tension strength of single insert as governed by steel Nsa.insea,eq lb 10,270 9,005 12,685 strength, seismic (45.7) (40.1) (56.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert lb 7,180 7,180 (31.9) 9,075 (31.9) (40.4) Nominal steel shear strength of single insert, seismic Vsa,,,se,ioq lb (kN) 7,180 (31.9) 7,180 (31.9) 9,075 (40.4) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Concrete must have a compressive strength Cc of 2,500 psi minimum. Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3, and Figure 3 of this report. 2Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Concrete breakout strength must also be in accordance with Figure 3. 3Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 5.3, or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. 41n5ert 0.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. 5Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distance for cast-in headed Wood-Knocker and Wood Knocker 11+ anchors shall be in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 0.8, as applicable. 60n1y the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the & /2-inch multi insert (i.e. 1/2-inch diameter) must be used for applications resisting shear loads. 7The strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod or bolt strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Table 5 for steel design information for common threaded rod elements. TABLE 3-BANG-IT+ INSERT DESIGN INFORMATION 11,1,3,4,1,6,7,8 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS '/4-inch 3/5-inch I MIO I M12 1/2-inch 5/a-inch I 3/4-inch Insert O.D. da (d0) in. (mm) 0.7 (18) 1.0 (25) Insert head net bearing area A5,.5 in2 (mm2) 1.20 (762) 1.30 (839) Effective embedment depth het in. (mm) 1.75 (45) 1.75 (45) Minimum member thickness hmjn - See Figures 4A, 4B and 4C as applicable lUpperfiute s,,,,,,, c,,,,, - See ACI 318 Section D.8.1 and 0.8.2 Minimum spacing and edge distances I Lower flute s,,,,,, c,,,,, - See Figures 4A, 4B and 4C as applicable Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kc - (SI) 24 (10) Modification factor for tension strength in uncracked concrete PC,N - 1.25 According to Nominal tension strength of single insert as N lb 10,440 I 9,850 11,985 governed by steel strength (kN) (46.4) I (43.8) (53.3) Figures 4A4B&4C Nominal tension strength of single insert as lb 10.440 I 9,850 11.985 governed by steel strength, seismic (46.4) I (43.8) (53.3) According to Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in VSO,,,,S,,,,d,,,,k 2,280 3,075 the soffit of concrete on steel deck (10.2) (13.7) Figure 4A Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in V,,O,ifl,,&.dk9. EkN 2,280 2,695 the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic ___________ (10.2) (12.0) According to Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in 2,080 2,975 the soffit of concrete on steel deckFigures (10.2) (13.2) 4B & 4C Nominal steel shear strength of single insert in Vso,,ea.e,,,,s,oq lb 2,080 2,695 the soffit of concrete on steel deck, seismic (kN) (10.2) (12.0) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 4.45 N. 1 psi = 0.006895 MPa. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Concrete must have a compressive strength fc of 2,500 psi minimum. Installation must comply with Sections 4.1.10 and 4.3, and Figure 3 of this report. 2Design of headed cast-in specialty inserts shall be in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix 0, as applicable, for cast- in headed anchors. Concrete breakout strength must also be in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B and 4C, as applicable. 3Strength reduction factors for the inserts shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, for cast-in headed anchors. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of the insert shall be taken as 0.65 for tension and 0.60 for shear; values correspond to brittle steel elements. The value of Øapplies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC. ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. 'Insert O.D. is the outside diameter of the headed insert body. 5Minimum spacing distance between anchors and minimum edge distances for cast-in headed Bang-It+ anchors shall be in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 6only the largest size of threaded rod or bolt for the 3/_ & 1/2-inch multi insert (i.e. '/z-inch diameter) must be used for applications resisting shear loads. 7me strengths shown in the table are for inserts only. Design professional is responsible for checking threaded rod strength in tension, shear, and combined tension and shear, as applicable. See Table 5 for steel design information for common threaded rod elements. f,,h,,i,,t,,i in,,r1 ,,frnnfh ,,i,, k1 f,, in+ii*i,',n in i,,,, fl,,+ ,,nnr fl,,i nf 1k t==i ,4=,-k nr,,fii,,,,, 45 42 n,1 At' 19 LI U I P I I I I 1-1 I I I I I I I I LI I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 9 of 13 TABLE 4-SPECIFICATIONS AND PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD ELEMENTS' MIN. SPECIFIED MIN. SPECIFIED fwa ELONGATION REDUCTION RELATED NUT THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION UNITS ULTIMATE YIELD STRENGTH - MINIMUM OF AREA SPECIFICATION' STRENGTH, f a 0.2 PERCENT OFFSET, f4, PERCENT' MIN. PERCENT ASTM A36/A36Md and psi 58,000 36,000 1.61 23 ASTMA1941 F15543 Grade 36 (MPa) (400) (248) 40 (50 for A36) A563 Grade A ISO 898-1 Class 4.6 MPa 400 240 i.s 22 ISO 4032 Grade 4 Carbon (psi) (58,000) (34,800) - Steel ASTM F15543 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 15 45 Grade 105 (MPa) (862) (724) ASTM A194 I ASTM A193/A193M4 psi 125,000 105,000 1.19 16 50 A563 Grade DH Grade B7 (MPa) (860) (720) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, I psi = 0.006897 MPa. For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inch, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi. 'inserts may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steels (all-thread) that comply with code reference standards and that have thread characteristics comparable with ANSI 131.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1,13M M Profile Metric Coarse Thread Series. Tabulated values correspond to anchor diameters included in this report. See Section 3.2.2 of this report for ductility of steel anchor elements. 2Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 3Standard Specification forAnchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength. 45tandard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. 5Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel - Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs. 613ased on 2-inch (50 mm) gauge length except ASTM A193, which are based on a gauge length of 4d. 7Minimum percent reduction of area not reported in the referenced standard. °Where nuts are applicable, nuts of other grades and style having specified proof load stress greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. TABLE 5-STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR COMMON THREADED ROD ELEMENTS USED WITH CONCRETE INSERTS1'2'3'4 DESIGN INFORMATION SYMBOL UNITS 1/4-inch 3/8-inch MIO M12 1/2-inch 5/8-inch 3/4-inch Threaded rod nominal outside diameter d,Ød in. 0.250 0.375 0.394 0.472 0.500 0.625 0.750 mm (6.4) (9.5) (10) (12) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Threaded rod effective cross-sectional area A00 0.032 0.078 0.090 0.131 0.142 0.226 0.335 (21) (50) (58) (85) (92) (146) (216) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod NS0,d,A36 lb 1,855 4,525 5,220 7,600 8,235 13,110 19,400 as governed by steel strength ASTM A36 () (8.2) (20.0) (23.2) (33.8) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod Nso,d,oq,A36 lb 1,855 4,525 5,220 7,600 8,235 13,110 19.400 as governed by steel strength. seismic Jj (8.2) (20.0) (23.2) (33.8) (36.6) (58.3) (86.3) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod N lb 4,000 9,750 11,250 16,375 17,750 28,250 41,875 as governed by steel strength ASTM A193, Grade 137 sa.ro d , B7 (kN) (17.7) (43.1) (50.1) (72.9) (78.9) (125.7) Nominal tension strength of threaded rod Noo,rod.eq,87 lb 4,000 9,750 11,250 16,375 17,750 28,250 41,875 as governed by steel strength, seismic (j) (17.7) (43.1) (50.1) (72.9) (78.9) (125.7) (186.0) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Vsa,d,A36 lb 1,105 2,695 3,130 4,560 4,940 7,860 11,640 governed by steel strength ASTM (4.9) (12.0) (13.9) (20.3) (22.0) (35.0) (51.8) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as A36 VSa,,01.0q,A36 lb 780 1,900 2,190 3,190 3,460 5,505 8,160 governed by steel strength, seismic _(N._ (3.5) (8.4) (9.7) (14.2) (15.4) (24.5) (36.3) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as V80 lb 2,385 5,815 6,750 9,825 10,640 16,950 25,085 governed by steel strength ASTM A193, Grade B7 roda7 . _Qj (10.6) (25.9) (30.0) (43.7) (7.3) (75.4) (111.6) Nominal shear strength of threaded rod as Vsa,,ori,aq,er lb 1,680 4,095 4,725 6,880 7,455 11,865 17,590 governed by steel strength, seismic (jQ. (7.5) (18.2) (21.0) (30.6) (34.2) (52.8) (78.2) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.00445 kN, 1 in' = 645.2 mm'. For pound-inch unit: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches. 'Values provided for steel element material types, or equivalent, based on minimum specified strengths; Nsa,rod and V rod calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Eq. 17.5.1.2a and Eq. 17.5.1.2b or ACI 318-11 Eq. 0-28 and Eq. D-29, respectively, as applicable. VS0,d00must be taken as 0.7V00,,. 201V'. liVs shall be the lower of the ONso.od or 1V001,7004for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading OlVsa,eq shall be the lower of the ØNsarnd or 01Vs.msoo.oq. 3ØVOO shall be the lower of the 11V00 .04 or ØV0010004for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading Øt10a,w shall be the lower of the ØVso,r,aq or 4Strength reduction factors shall be taken from ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for steel elements. Strength reduction factors for load combinations in accordance with ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, governed by steel strength of ductile steel elements shall be taken as 0.75 for tension and 0.65 for shear. The value of 0 applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, are used in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D,4,3, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of 0 must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. I - 1 • * . I - "- ' r---- ------- ' * -----a---'-- -. vrrcl 41 1i 1 ll i.a.i. a - . tF. '01 ... 1'.- -'- ,,l Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (e.g. see Figures 4A and 4C) Idealization of Steel Deck Profile (e.g. see Figure 413) FIGURE 5-IDEALIZATION OF CONCRETE FILLED STEEL DECKS FOR DETERMINATION OF CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318 20 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 10 of 13 TABLE 6-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE TENSION DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES' 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 CONCRETE THREADED WOOD-KNOCKER OR WOOD KNOCKER 11+ IN CONCRETE STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION 114-INCH 3/8-INCH MIO M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH (Pa) (ASTM) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) 2,500 A36 940 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 A193, Grade B7 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 A36 940 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 3,000 A193, Grade 137 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 4,000 A36 940 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 A193, Grade 137 2,025 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 A36 940 2,295 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 6,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 8,000 A36 940 2,295 2,645 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 A193, Grade B7 2,025 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 2,940 10 000 A36 940 2,295 2,645 3,285 3,285 3,285 3,285 A193, Grade 137 2,025 3,285 3,285 1 3,285 1 3,285 1 3,285 3,285 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 6 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, f given for normal weight concrete. 2SingIe anchors with static tension load with installation in accordance to Figure 3 for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 3Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 'Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable, (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average for a = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance influence (C1 2: 1.5h0,) and no side-face blowout in tension for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 9hh,, according toACI 318-14 17.7orACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. "Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. TABLE 7-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE SHEAR DESIGN VALUE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES' 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9.10 CONCRETE THREADED WOOD-KNOCKER OR WOOD KNOCKER 11+ IN CONCRETE ROD STRENGTH SPECIFICATION 1/4-INCH '/8-INCH MIO M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH (f' (ASTM) (Ibs) (lbs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) 2500 A36 490 1,195 1,375 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 A193, Grade B7 1,055 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 1,640 3,000 A36 490 1,195 1,375 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 A193, Grade B7 1,055 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,080 2,080 2,080 4,000 A193, Grade B7 1,055 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 2,080 6,000 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 2,545 2,545 A193, Grade B7 1,055 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 2,545 A36 1 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 2,940 2,940 8,000 A193, Grade 137 1,055 2,570 1 2,910 1 2,910 2,910 2,940 2,940 10000 A36 490 1,195 1,375 2,005 2,170 3,285 3,285 A193, Grade B7 1,055 2,570 2,910 2,910 2,910 3,285 3,285 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 7 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, f, given for normal weight concrete. 2Single anchors with static shear load with installation in accordance with Figure 3 for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 3Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-119.2, as applicable, (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.21) + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average for o = 1.20.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance (Cai ~ 1.5h) or corner distance influence (c02 ~ 1.5c01) for Wood-Knocker or Wood-Knocker 11+. 8Shear loads may be applied in any direction. 9h ~ hmn according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11D.8, as applicable. "Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I WOOD-KNOCKER rr r 1Q 1I /4-INCH 31s-INCH M10 M12 '/2-INCH 518-INCH /-INCH Brown Green Green Yellow Yellow Red Purple WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ '4-INCH 3/8-INCH &%-INCH '/2-INCH 518-INCH 3/4-INCH Brown Green Gray Yellow Red Purple FIGURE 6-WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD-KNOCKER 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS 1 21 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 11 of 13 TABLE 8-EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE TENSION DESIGN VALUES FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES' 1.3,4,1,6,7,8,9 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4A)1° __________ STRENGTH ROD 1/4-INCH 3/8-INCH M10 M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH /4-INCH (F.) SPECIFICATION SPECIFICATION (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) bs _QbsL_ (Ibs) (Ibs) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 1,395 830 A36 940 905 1 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 1,530 905 A36 940 940 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 l45 1,765 1,045 4,000 A193, Grade B7 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1,765 1,045 1 1,765 1 1,045 1,765 1 1,045 1,765 1 1,045 1,765 1,045 A36 940 940 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 6,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 2,160 1,280 A36 940 940 2,295 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 475 2,495 1,475 8,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1 1,475 1 2,495 11475 1 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 1,475 2,495 17 A36 940 1 940 1 2,295 1,650 2,645 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 10,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 2,790 1,650 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4B) STRENGTH ROD 'NCH 7iNCH ii ii /2-INCH 9/IN 4-INCH (f's) SPECIFICATION (Ibs) (I S) _Jbs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) _J!bsj (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 1,395 365 A36 940 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 1,530 400 A36 940 465 1.765 465 1.765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 1,765 465 4,000 A193, Grade B7 1,765 465 1,765 465 1 1,765 465 1 j 465 1,765 1 465 1,765 1 465 1,765 1 465 A36 940 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 1 570 2,160 1 570 6,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 2,160 570 A36 940 655 2,295 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 8,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 2,495 655 A36 940 730 2,295 730 2,645 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 10,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 730 2,790 730 2,790 1 730 2,790 730 1 2,790 730 2,790 730 2,790 730 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4C)12 STRENGTH ROD /4-INCH 3/8-INCH M10 M12 1/2-INCH h,lN 3/4-INCH (F.) SPECIFICATIONSPECIFICATION (Ibs) (Ibs) (I S) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) Upper FLower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower A36 940 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 2,500 A193, Grade B7 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 1,395 705 A36 940 775 1 1,530 775 1 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 3,000 A193, Grade B7 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 1,530 775 A36 940 890 1.765 890 1.765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 4,000 A193, Grade B7 1,765 890 1,765 890 1,765 890 1 1,765 1 890 1,765 1 890 1,765 890 1,765 1 890 A36 940 940 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 6,000 A193, Grade B7 5 170 0 öo Jo 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 2,160 1,090 A36 940 940 2,295 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 8,000 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 2,495 1,260 10000 A36 940 940 2,295 1,410 2,645 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 A193, Grade B7 2,025 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 2,790 1,410 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 8 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 'Concrete compressive strength, f'0 given for sand-light weight concrete for Bang-lt+ anchors. 2Single anchors; static tension load with installation in upper and lower flute locations in concrete-filled steel deck in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 'Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage, 'Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.21D + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average for a = 1.2*0,3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7h ~ h0,,, according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 Section D.8, as applicable. 'Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, is not provided. 9Assuming no edge distance influence with "'jN = 1.0 and no side-face blowout in tension for upper flute Bang-lt+anchors. 10For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, is 1.125-inch (see Figure 4A). For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, c*mjn, is 0.75-inch (see Figure 4B). 12 For lower flute Bang-lt+ anchors, the near edge distance, ce,mjn, is 0.75-inch (see Figure 4C). Mr '/4-INCH 318-INCH MIO IB-& 1/2-INCH M12 'I2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH Brown Green Green Gray Yellow Yellow Red Purple FIGURE 7-BANG-IT+ INSERTS FOR CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECKS 22 ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 12 of 13 TABLE 9—EXAMPLE ASD ALLOWABLE SHEAR DESIGN VALUE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES' 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4A) __________ STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION 'I4-INCH /8-INCH MIO M12 1/2-INCH 5/8 INCH /4-INCH (f's) (Ibs) J1b5) jlbs) (Ibs jlbsL J!bs) (ASTM)Upper Lower Upper] Lower Upper] Lower Upper F Lower Upper 1 Lower Upper] Lower 2,500t0 A36 490 490 925 1925 925 1,245 11,245 10,000 ft 1925 925 1925 A193,GradeB7 925 925 925]925 9251925 925 925 1,245 ]1,245 1,245]1,245 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4B) STRENGTH ROD SPECIFICATION '7iNCH WINCH M10 M12 1/2-INCH 5/8-INCH 3/4-INCH JbsL_ (F.) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) (Ibs) s ) _J _Jbs) (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper Lower. Upper 1 Lower Upper 1 Lower Upper F Lower Upper Lower Upper 1 Lower 2,500t0 A36 490 490 845 845 845 1845 845 1845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,205 L1,205 10,000 A193, Grade B7 845 845 845 845 8451845 845]845 845 [845 1,205 1 1,205 1,205] 1,205 CONCRETE THREADED BANG-IT+ IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK (FIGURE 4C) STRENGTH ROD '/4-INCH 318-INCH M10 M12 'I2-INCH 5/8-INCH'/4-INCH (f') SPECIFICATION Jibsj _ jIb_ Qb_ _jlbsj (Ibs JsL_ _J!bs) (ASTM) Upper Lower Upper 1 Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper1 Lower 2,500 to A36 490 490 8451845 845 845 845 845 845 845 I 1205 1205 120511205 10,000 A193, Grade 87 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 1 845 845 845 1,205 1,205 1,20511,205 For SI: 1 pound = 4.45 N. For pound-inch unit: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Illustrative Allowable Stress Design Values in Table 9 are applicable only when all of the following design assumptions are followed: 1Concrete compressive strength, f given for sand-light weight for Bang-lt+ anchors. 2Single anchors: static shear load with installation in upper and lower flute locations in concrete-filled steel deck in accordance with Figures 4A, 4B or 4C, as applicable, and noted provisions. 'Concrete determined to remain uncracked for the life of the anchorage. 4Load combinations from ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2, as applicable (no seismic loading). 30% dead load and 70% live load, controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6 L. 6Calculation of the weighted average fora = 1.2*0.3 + 1.6*0.7 = 1.48. 7Assuming no edge distance (c 1 S 1.5h0,) or corner distance influence (c 2 S 1.5c01) upper flute Bang-It+ anchors. 8Shear loads may be applied in any direction. S hmj* according to ACI 318-14 17.7 or ACI 318-11 D.8, as applicable. 10Values are for Condition B where supplementary reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable is not provided. r 1.) Position insert on formwork I 1 2.) Drive insert down until 3.) After formwork removal, remove iii 9) ) 4.) Install threaded steel element (rod/bolt) Z down nails flush with nails as into the insert or attach UI_JLL necessary (e.g. fixture as applicable the form flush mounted , ,. (e.g. seismic brace). 8 3 fixtures). 0 POSITION DRIVE PREPARE ATTACH iii / _. . 1.) Position insert on formwork, 2.) Drive insert down until 'e 3.) After formwork removal, remove .0 4.) Install threaded steel element . plastic down. head , j 1:.! nails as necessary (e.g. flush mounted , °; (rod/bolt) into the insert by pushing Z f/ f/ --Z . contacts . fixtures). through plastic center ./. plastic. jj (thread seal). Attach 8 ' - fixture as applicable (e.g. seismic brace). POSITION DRIVE PREPARE ATTACH I \ 1.) . Cut (e.g. hole in the drill a 2.) Place the -A 2 1 plastic sleeve ' '.j 3.) Step on or impact the insert \ ,/ 4.) Install threaded steel element (rod/bolt) + \ \ \ of the insert . head to engage. >.- ..) into the insert. Trim \ :e deck hole : required by \ \ in steel deck. I through hole c— Opti ert onally, be also screwed ' ::r load :;:: for ons and attach fixture a: L\\ \ / insert. \the steel decl applicable (e.g. seismic - CREATE HOLE POSITION PREPARE ATTACH FIGURE 8—WOOD-KNOCKER AND WOOD KNOCKER 11+ CONCRETE INSERTS, AND BANG-lT+ CONCRETE INSERTS FOR STEEL DECK, MANUFACTUER PUBLISHED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MPII) I 23 I I I U I I I I I I I I I I I ESR-3657 I Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 13 of 13 Given: I One '/8" / Bang-it+ insert with ASTM A36 rod 16 installed in the lower flute of steel deck . i.-V •1 Steel deck in accordance with Figure 4C . .) of this report (3/8" mm. flute width) \ f4 •1 C 1 .. Anchor is 1 /16 offset from center of flute i (3/4,,from close edge, 31/s from far edge) I' r EEL ,) ttK Sand-lightweight concrete with compressive strength: (/',) = 3,000 psi No supplemental reinforcement: L AN, (Condition B per AC! 318-11 D.4.3 c) _________________ A 1,5 Assume cracked concrete and no seismic I = 5 in. (2" topping thickness) BANG tT DECK 14SERt I I h,j= 1.75 in. in. tI4READED C,i= C,,,,1,, 0.75 ROD C,2~t 1.5h,,(.. taken as 1.5h,,1) Calculate the factored resistance design strength in tension and equivalent allowable stress design load for the anchor in the given configuration. Calculation in accordance with ACI 318-11 and this report: Code Ref. Report Ref. Step 1. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h, = 5.0 in. )2" topping thickness, lower flute) ~! h,,,1,= 4.5 in. (1.5" topping thickness, lowEr flute) :. OK D.8 Table 3 5, = N/A (not applicable) Figure 4C c,,i= 0.75 in. ~: Comi,, 0.75 in. .•. OK Step 2. Calculate steel strength of the anchor in tension: 0.5.1.1 §4.1.2 Calculate ØN,,,,,,7 and çbN,,,.,,a and determine the controlling steel strength in tension 0.5.1.2 Table 3 and Table Step 2a. Calculate steel strength of the insert in tension: ØNi,,,N = 0.65 • 10,440 lbs. = 6,785 lbs. 0.5.1.1 §4.1.2 0.5.1.2 Table 3 Step 2b. Calculate steel strength of the threaded rod in tension: ØN,,,,,dA3e = 0.75 • 4,525 lbs. = 3,393 lbs. 0.5.1.1 §4.1.2 0.5.1.2 Table 3 Step 2c. ØN,,,.,od,A36 < ØN,,,,,,,,,,, .. threaded rod capacity controls steel strength in tension 0. 11 5. . §4.1.2 D.5.1.2 Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of the anchor in tension: AW 0.5.2.1 (b) §4.1.3 kb = Ied,NhI'c,Nh1)cp,NNb AN,,o Step 3a. Calculate AN,,, and AN, §4.1.3 AN,,, = 9h,/ = 9. (1.75) = 27.6 in.' D.5.2.1 (b) A,,= (c,,1 +(1.5h,1)) • (c,,2 + 1.5h,1) = (0.75 + 2.625).((2.625 + 2.625)) = 17.7 in.' . AN, = 11.7 in.' Figure 4C Step 3b. Calculate lPedN = 1.0 ifc,,,,,~t 15h,1; qJ,d.N = 0.7 + 0.3 if c,,,,1, < 1.5h,1 §4.1.3 1.5h,,j D.5.2.5 Table 3 c,,,,,,= 0.75 in. < 1.5h,1 .. (/),iN = 0.7 + 0.3.(0.75/2.625) = 0.79 Figure 4C Step 3c. Calculate LJJN = 1.0 (for cracked concrete) D.5.2.6 Table 3 Step 3d. Calculate tp p,, = 1.0 (for cast-in anchors) D.5.2.7 - Step 3f. Calculate N1 = k,,t,, J7, h,f1'5 = 24 (0.85)\1U. 1.7515 = 2,587 lbs. 0.5.2.2 Table 3 D.3.6 Step 3g. Calculate concrete breakout strength of the anchor in tension: N,1 = (17.7/27.6) . 0.79 • 1.0 • 1.0 • 2,587 = 1,310 lbs. 0.5.2.1 (a) §4.1.3 Calculate concrete breakout capacity = ØN,1 = 0.70 • 1,310 = 917 lbs. Step 4. Calculate nominal pullout strength of a single anchor in tension: N/A (not applicable) D.5.3.1 §4.1.1 Step S. Calculate nominal side-face blowout strength of the anchor: N/A (not applicable) 0.5.4.1 §4.1.4 Step 6. Determine the controlling resistance strength of the anchor in tension: D.4.1 §4.1.1 ØN,= min)ØN58, c6NCb) = ØN,1 = 917 lbs. Step 7. Calculate allowable stress design conversion factor for loading condition: Assume controlling load combination: 1.20 + 1.6L ; 30% Dead Load, 70% Live Load 9.2 §4.2.1 a = 1.2(0.3) + 1.6(0.7) = 1.48 Step 8. Calculate allowable stress design value: PN.- 917 = Tatlowable AID = - - - 620 lbs. 9.2 §4.2.1 N 1.48 FIGURE 9-EXAMPLE STRENGTH DESIGN CALCULATION FOR TENSICN CAPACITY OF BANG-lT+ ANCHOR IN CONCRETE-FILLED STEEL DECK ASSEMBLIES 24 *SHOWN DIME FOR IC TOLCO Fig. 980 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Seismic Brad Detail Per NFPA 13, 2013 Figures A.9.3.5.12.1 (a-c) and NFPA 13, 2016 Figures A.9.3.5.12.2 (a-c) & Annex Section E.7.2 TOLCO Fig. 909 Prying Factors Per NFPA 13, 2016 Section 9.3.5.12.8.2 (A) And Fig. 9.3.5.12.1 Designated Angle Category Tolco Figure 980 Aj B C I D I E F G H I Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr Pr 3.275 _1.156 _0.844 j 1.461 _1.156 1.891 3.478 2.459 2.008 Tolco Fiqure 909 A B C D E F G H I Pr 2.626 Pr JPr 1.002 0.873 1.513 Pr 1002 Pr 1.516 Pr 2.460 Pr Pr 1.740 1.420 All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton B-Line series Seismic Supports \ICRETE ANCHOR —"2A" .950 CONCRETE ANCHOR .434 1i __ UEWMLI Fire Sprinkler Anchorage Design Tables April 2017 ENGINEERED BY ?owers - H DEWALT Wood Knocker and Wood Knocker 11+ Tolco Figure 980, 909 and 910 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete Anchor Values Calculated In Accordance With AC1318-14 for use in Seismic Design Categories A through F Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs.)1-2 Tolco igure 980 Nominal Embedment (in.) A B C D E F 0 H Pr 3.275 Pr 1.156 Pr 0.844 Pr 1.461 Pr 1.156 Pr 1.891 P11 3.478 Pr 2.459 Pr 2.008 318 2 180 335 384 222 335 312 135 192 235 112 2 204 1 431 516 11 298 1 431 354 165 233 286 518 2 204 431 516 298 431 1 354 15 233 286 314 2 204 431 516 11 298 431 1 354 165 233 1 285 Valirscalculated in accordance with NFPA13-16Annex E.7 See ICC-E5R365.7 for complete product ifl$t2llatiOn information Assiimptiorts for table: seismic ant orircoriditions edge distance>=W, slab thickness >= hniin, spaci rig =3hef Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs.)1-2 Tolco Figure gg Tha. Nominal Embedment A B C D E F C H Pr 2.626 Pr 1.002 Pr 0.873 Pr 1.513 Pr 1.002 Pr 1.516 Pr 2.460 Pr 1.740 Pr 1.420 318 2 210 358 379 219 358 353 163 230 282 112 2 243 459 506 292 469 422 208 293 359 518 2 243 459 505 292 469 422 208 293 359 314 2 243 459 505 292 469 422 1 208 293 359 1Value.scalculated in accordance with NFPM3-15Annex E.7 See ICC-ESR 3557 for complete product installation information A sitmptions for table: seismic a nchoringconditions, edge distance>=S, ci a bthickness>--hrnin, spacing _ 3hef Wood-Knocker in 3000 psi Normal Weight Concrete (lbs.)1-2 Tolco Figure 910 Nominal Embedment (in.) A B C D E F C H Pr 3.275 Pr 1.156 Pr 0.844 Pr 1.461 Pr 1.156 Pr 1.891 Pr 3.478 Pr 2.459 Pr 2.008 318 2 180 335 384 222 335 312 135 192 235 112 2 204 431 516 1 298 431 1 354 1 165 233 286 518 2 204 431 515 298 431 354 165 233 286 314 2 204 431 515 298 431 354 155 233 285 'Val Lies calculated in accordance with 1FPA 3.-i5Annex E.7 See ICC-ESR 3657f0rc0mp1ete product installation information 2 Assumptions for table. seismic anchoringconditions, edge dicta nce >= 5", slabthickness>= hmin, spacing >=3hef Powers Fasteners - a Stanley Black & Decker Company - www.powers.com (914) 235 6300 Tolco - a Division of Eaton - www.toIco.com (800) 851-7415 Page 2 of 5 SECTION CONTENTS General Information.........................1 Material Specifications...................1 Installation Specifications..............2 Installation Instructions..................3 Performance Data............................5 Ordering Information.....................10 POWER-STUD+ SD2 ASSEMBLY THREAD VERSION UNC threaded stud ANCHOR MATERIALS Zinc plated carbon steel body with stainless steel expansion clip, zinc plated carbon steel nut and washer ANCHOR SIZE RANGE MP.) 3/8" diameter through 3/4" diameter SUITABLE BASE MATERIALS Normal-weight concrete Sand-lightweight concrete Concrete over steel deck Grouted-filled concrete masonry (CMU) (,'ODE IJSTII) ICC-ES_ESR-2502 CONCRETE GENERAL INFORMATION I GENERAL INFORMATION POWER-STUD® +502 High Performance Wedge Expansion Anchor The Power-Stud+ SD2 anchor is a fully threaded, torque-controlled, wedge expansion anchor which is designed for consistent performance in cracked and uncracked concrete. Suitable base materials include normal-weight concrete, sand-lightweight concrete and concrete over steel deck. The anchor is manufactured with a zinc plated carbon steel body and stainless steel expansion clip for premium performance. MZ * Structural connections, i.e., beam and column anchorage Utility and safety-related attachments Interior applications / low level corrosion environment Tension zone applications, i.e., cable trays and strut, pipe supports, fire sprinklers Seismic and wind loading I Medium to heavy duty purposes FEATURES AND BENEFITS III I C" + Consistent performance in high and low strength concrete co + Nominal drill bit size is the same as the anchor diameter 12 I - + Anchor can be installed through standard fixture holes + Length ID code and identifying marking stamped on head of each anchor + + Anchor design allows for follow-up expansion after setting under tensile loading ~3- APPROVALS AND LISTINGS I • International Code Council, Evaluation Service CC-ES), ESR-2502 for cracked and uncracked concrete Code Compliant with the 2015, IBC, 2015 IRC, 2012 IBC, 2012 IRC, 2009 IBC, and 2009 IRC I -' • Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC1 93 for use in structural concrete under the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11/08 Appendix D Evaluated and qualified by an accredited independent testing laboratory for recognition in I cracked and uncracked concrete including seismic and wind loading (Category 1 anchors) FM Global (Factory Mutual) - File No. 3033795, 3/8" and 1/2" diameters Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems • Underwriters Laboratories (UL Listed) - File No. EX1 289 - See listing I GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS CSI Divisions: 03 16 00 - Concrete Anchors, 04 05 19.16 - Masonry Anchors and I 05 05 09 - Post-Installed Concrete Anchors. Expansion anchors shall be Power-Stud+ 5D2 as supplied by DEWALT, Towson, MD. Anchors shall be installed in accordance with published instructions and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Anchor component Specification Anchor Body Medium carbon steel Flex nut carbon steel, ASTM A 563, Grade A Washer Carbon Steel, ASTM F 844; meets dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.2. Type A Plain Expansion wedge (clip) Type 316 Stainless Steel Plating (anchor body, nut and washer) Zinc plating according to ASTM B 633, SC1 Type lii (Fe/Zn 5). Minimum plating requirements for Mild Service Condition. I I I 1 www.0EWALT.com Anchor Property! Notation Units Nominal Anchor Size (Inch) 3/8" 1/2" Setting Information Nominal drill bit diameter dbe in. 3/8 ANSI 1/2 ANSI Minimum nominal embedment depth' N303 in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) Effective embedment he in. 2.00 2.00 (mm) (51) (51) Minimum concrete member thickness' hmn,deet in. 2-1/2 2-1/2 (mm) (64) (64) Critical edge distance cac,decKup in. (mm) 8 (203) 9 (229) Minimum edge distance Cmin.deck.top in. (mm) 4 (102) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 8 (203 Minimum spacing distance S,du,tm in. (mm) 3-1/2 (89) 6 (152) 8 (203) 4 (102) Minimum hole depth h0 in. 2-1/2 2-1/2 (mm) (64) (64) Installation torque T= ft-lb. -m) 20 (27) 40 (N (54) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. The embedment depth, h, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in this table. Minimum concrete member thickness refers to the concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness). See Installation Detail D. For all other anchor diameters and embedment depths, refer to the installation table for applicable values of h0n, Coin and 5non. Design capacities shall be based on calculations according to values in Tension and Shear Design Information for Anchors in Concrete tables. ri I I I I INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS Installation Table for Power-Stud+ S024 Anchor Property! Notation Units Nominal Anchor Size " 1/2" 5/8' 3/4" Setting Information Anchor diameter d3 in. 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 (mm) (9.5) (12.7) (15.9) (19.1) Minimum diameter of hole dh in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 clearance in fixture (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Nominal drill bit diameter dbn in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 ANSI ANSI ANSI ANSI Minimum nominal hnn in, 2-3/8 2-1/2 3-3/4 3-7/8 4-7/8 4-1/2 5-3/4 embedment depth' (mm) (60) 1 (64) (95) (98) (124) (114) (146) Effective embedment he in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/4 4-1/4 3-3/4 5 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (127) Minimum hole depth 2 h0 in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 6-1/4 (mm) (67) (70) (102) (108) (133) (127) (159) Minimum concrete hmin in. 4 4-1/2 6 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/2 ( 8 7 10 member thickness (mm) (102) (114) (152) (146) (146) (146) (165) (203) (178) (254) Minimum overall anchor length' earth in. 3 3-3/4 4-1/2 4-3/4 6 5-1/2 7 (mm) (76.2) 1 (95) (114) (121) (152) (140) (178) Minimum edge distance' cm in. 2-1/2 4 2-3/4 4 2-3/4 4-1/4 4-1/4 5 4-1/2 (mm) (63.5) (102) (70) (102) (70) (108) (108) (127) (114) Minimum spacing distance2 Srnu in. 3-1/2 6 6 4 6 4-1/4 4-1/4 6 6 (mm) _.2L. (152) (152) (102) (152) (108)1 (108) (152) (152) Critical edge distance 2 C. in. 6-1/2 8 10 8 153/41 10 12 12 (mm) (165.1) (203) (254) (203) (400) (254) (305) (305) Installation torque Tie ft.-lb. 20 40 110 (N 60 -m) (27) 1 (54) 1 (81) (149) Torque wrench socket size - in. 9/16 3/4 15/16 1-1/8 Nut height - in. 21/64 7/16 35/64 41/64 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N-m. 1, The embedment depth, h13, is measured from the outside surface of the concrete member to the embedded end of the anchor prior to tightening. For installations through the soffit of steel deck into concrete see the installation details in Figure A, B, and C. In addition, anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute equal to the greater of 3h3t or 1.5 times the flute width. The hole diameter in the steel deck must not exceed the hole diameter in the concrete by more than 1/8-inch (3.2 mm). The listed minimum overall anchor length is based on anchor sizes commercially available at the time of publication compared with the requirements to achieve the minimum nominal embedment depth and possible fixture attachment. The anchors may be installed in the topside of concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies in accordance with the installation specifications and design information provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute meets the minimum thicknesses specified in the tables; see Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies table and installation detail D. Anchor Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies',' I I www.DEWALT.com 2 I I LI I I I INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Power-Stud+ S02 Anchor Detail Head Marking 1 Legend Letter Code = Length Identification Mark '+ Symbol = Strength Design Compliant Anchor Number Code = Carbon Steel Body and Stainless Steel Expansion Clip Before After Length Identification Mark I A I B I c I D I E I F I G I H I i I j I K I L I M I N I I From 1-1/2 2' 2-1/2 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5 5-1/2" 6" 6-1/2" 7" 7-1/2" 8" I 8-1/2" Up to but not including 2" 2-1/2" 3" 3-1/2" 4" 4-1/2" 5" 5-1/2 6" 6-1/2 7" 7-1/2" 8" 8-1/2 I I 9-1/2 Length identification mark indicates overall length of anchor. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions for Power-Stud+ S02 MWON Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Using the proper drill bit size, drill a hole Remove dust and debris from the hole Position the washer on the anchor and Tighten the anchor with a torque wrench into the base material to the required during drilling, (e.g. dust extractor, thread on the nut. If installing through by applying the required installation depth. The tolerances of the drill bit hollow bit) or following drilling (e.g. a fixture, drive the anchor through the torque, used should meet the requirements of suction, forced air) to extract loose fixture into the hole. Be sure the anchor ANSI Standard 8212.15. particles created by drilling. is driven to the minimum required embedment depth, h. 3 www.DEWALT.com INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS I Installation Detail A: Power-Stud+ SD2 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor ana ROOT Assemblies (see aumensional STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Min. 3-1/411 1-3/4" Clearance Min. Upper Flute (/alley) V V V V V MIT 4-1/2 3- Powe Arch v f Mm. 4-1/2' (Typ) _J -1ri MIT. 12-112' (Ridge)—' Min. Lower flute No. 20 Sage Steel Deck Mm.] 1-1/4 Flute Edge 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail A provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail A profiles may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Installation Detail B: Power-Stud+ S02 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor ann 11001 Assemones tsee uimensionai LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE ON NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) 1. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute or lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail B provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of Detail B profiles may be installed with a maximum 15/16 -inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Mlii. Lower Flute No. 20 Sage Steel Flute Edge Installation Detail C: Power-Stud+ S02 Installed in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor ana ROOT Assemblies (5O Dimensional Profile Require STRUCTURAL SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 3,000 PSI) Min. 2-1/4" r1" Clearance Min. II L. . . •'. :=• 4 ;.. .T ;, 4 ,'. ,. :... •. Vt. V V V V 1\:YPu SIud Anchor (ryp) _jJ/ 2-1/2" / / 1-3/4" Min. Mm. Min.. 3/4" No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Lower Flute Edge Anchors may be placed in the lower flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the minimum hole clearance is satisfied. Anchors in the lower flute of installation Detail C profiles may be installed with a maximum 1/8-inch offset in either direction from the center of the flute. The offset distance may be increased proportionally for profiles with lower flute widths greater than those shown provided the minimum lower flute edge distance is also satisfied. Anchors may be placed in the upper flute of the steel deck profiles in accordance with installation Detail C provided the concrete thickness above the upper flute is minimum 3-1/4-inch and a minimum hole clearance of 3/4-inch is satisfied. I I I Installation Detail D: Installation Detail for Anchors in the Top of Concrete Over Steel Deck Floor ann 11001 AssemDues isee aumensionai LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK (MINIMUM 2,500 PSI) Power-Stud. Anchor (lhp) Mun.2-112 Upper Flute (lulmes) 3112 ' 1112" .. . (Typ)' Min. 1-314" Mln.6" (nyp) Lower flute (RIdge)—' No. 20 Gage Steel Deck Mm. Flute Edge Anchors may be placed in the top side of concrete over steel deck profiles in accordance with Detail D provided the minimum concrete Thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) is as illustrated and the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances are satisfied as given in Setting Information for Installation on the Top of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies Table. For anchors installed in the top of concrete over steel deck profiles with concrete thickness above the upper flute (topping thickness) greater than or equal to the minimum concrete member thicknesses specified in Installation Table for the Power-Sfud+ SD2, the minimum spacing distance and minimum edge distances may be used from this table, as applicable. Mm. 2-1/2" (Isp) I I I wWW.DEWALT.com 4 PERFORMANCE DATA PERFORMANCE DATA Tension Design Information'.',"('OI)E LISTE H1 ICC-ES ESR-2502 U Nominal Anchor Diameter (inch) Design Characteristic Notation Units 3/8 1 5/8 3/4 Anchor category 1,2 013 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 STEEL STRENGTH IN TENSION [ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 0.5.1)' Minimum specified yield strength (neck) f )Fnt (586) (586) (483) Minimum specified ultimate tensile strength (neck) f ksi N/ (' 182 106.0 (731) 106.0 (731) 90.0 (620) Effective tensile stress area (neck) A, N in 2 0.0552 0.1007 0.1619 0.2359 (mm 5 (1)5) (153.2) 5 Steel strength in tension lb 6,625 10,445 13,080 21,230 (kN) 1 (29.4) (46.5) (58.2) (94.4) Reduction factor for steel strength' 0 - 1 0.75 CONCRETE BREAKOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION (ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 0.5.2)' Effective embedment her in. 2.00 2.00 1 3.25 3.25 1 4.25 3.75 1 5.00 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) (127) Effectiveness factor for uncracked concrete kcr - 24 24 24 24 Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete kcr - 17 17 17 17 Modification factor for cracked and uncracked concrete' t'c,N - See See note 6 See note 6 See note 6 note 5 Critical edge distance cac in.See Installation Table Reduction factor for concrete breakout strength' 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION [ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 0.5.3) Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,775 See 6,615 See See See See uncracked concrete (2500 psi)' (kN) (12.3) note 8 (29.4) note 8 note 8 note 8 note 8 Characteristic pullout strength, N lb 2,165 See 4,375 See See See 7,795 cracked concrete (2,500 psi)' (kN) (9.6) note 8 (19.5) note 8 note 8 note 8 (35.1) Reduction factor for pullout strength' 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR SEISMIC APPLICATIONS (ACI 318-14 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 0.5.3.3.3)' Characteristic pullout strength, seismic (2,500 psi)'," I lb 2,165 See note 8 4,375 See fled 8 note 8 See 7,795 I See8 Reduction factor for pullout strength' 1 0 - 0.65 (Condition B) rac Unc ked concrete /3 lbtfin 865,000 71700 569,000 420,000 Mean axial stiffness values (kN/iilm) (151) (126) (100) (74) service load range Cracked rac eu concrete , P lbf/in 49,500 57,000 64,500 72,000 (kN/mm) (9) (10) (11) (13) The data in this table is intended to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix 0, as applicable; for anchors resisting seismic load combinations the additional requirements of ACI 318-14 17.2.3 or ACI 318 0.3.3, as applicable, shall apply. Installation must comply with published instructions and details. All values of /r were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. It the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of q must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4. For reinforcement that meets ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318 Appendix D, as applicable, requirements for Condition A, see ACI 318-14 17.3,3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3, as applicable, for the appropriate 0 factor when the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used. The Power-Stud+ SD2 is considered a ductile steel element in tension as defined by ACI 318-14 2.3 or ACI 318 D.1, as applicable. Tabulated values for steel strength in tension are based on test results per ACI 355.2 and must be used for design in lieu of calculation. For all design cases use tI/a.N = 1.0. Select appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete lka,l or uncracked concrete (uncr(. For all design cases use i//c.P = 1.0. For concrete compressive strength greater than 2,500 psi, Nw = (pullout strength value from table(specified concrete compressive strengtiv2500),. For concrete over steel deck the value of 2500 must be replaced with the value of 3000. For all anchors n = 1/2 with the exception of the 3/8" anchor size for cracked concrete where n = 1/3. Pullout strength does not control design of indicated anchors. Do not calculate pullout strength for indicated anchor size and embedment. Anchors are permitted to be used in sand-lightweight concrete provided the modification factor A. equal to 0.8A is applied to all values of IFfT affecting N and '/. .. shall be determined in accordance with the corresponding version of ACI 318. Tabulated values for characteristic pullout strength in tension for seismic applications are based on test results per ACI 355.2, Section 9.5. Mean values shown; actual stiffness varies considerable depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B, C and D. H I I I I I 11111 5 wWw.DEWALT.com I PERFORMANCE DATA 8. Anchors are permitted for use in concrete-filled steel deck floor and roof assemblies; see installation details A, B. C and D. I I I I I LI WWw.DEWALT.com 6 I I I I I I PERFORMANCE DATA Tension and Shear Design Data for Power-Stud+ 5D2 Anchors in the Soffit of Concrete-Filled Steel Deck Assemblies',',' CODE LISTED ICC-ES ESR-2502 IS I Nominal Anchor Size (Inch) Design Characteristics Notation Units 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 Anchor Category 1 2 013 - 1 1 Effective Embedment h in. 2.00 2.00 3.25 3.25 4.25 3.75 (mm) (51) (51) (83) (83) (108) (95) Minimum Nominal Embedment Depth h in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 2-1/2 (64) 3-3/4 (83) 3-7/8 (98) 4-7/8 (124) 4-1/2 (114) Minimum Hole Depth h0 in. 2-5/8 2-3/4 4 4-1/4 5-1/4 5 (mm) (67) (70) 1 (102) (108) (133) (27) PULLOUT STRENGTH IN TENSION FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECI According to Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deck,uncr lbf 1,855 2,065 3,930 4,665 7,365 4,900 Detail A uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (8.3) (9.2) (17.5) (20.8) (32.8) (21.8) 4-1/2-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, lbf 1,445 1,465 2,600 3,305 5,215 3,470 deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck43 (kN) (6.4) (6.5) (11.6) (14.7) (23.2) (15.4) According to Characteristic pullout strength, N lbf 2,235 2,785 5,600 4,480 7,265 Not Detail B uncracked concrete over steel deck2 (kN) (9.9) (12.4) (24.9) (19.9) (32.3) Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,osc lbf 1,745 1,975 3,695 3,175 5,145 Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck',' (kN) (7.8) (8.8) (16.4) 1 (14.1) (22.9) Applicable According to Characteristic pullout strength, N7,dc6 lbf 1,600 2,025 Not Not Not Not Detail C uncracked concrete over steel deck' (kN) (7.1) (9.0) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Characteristic pullout strength, Np,deck,cr lbf 1,250 1,435 Not Not Not Not deck flute cracked concrete over steel deck43 1 (kN) (5.6) (6.4) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for pullout strength' 0 - 0.65 STEEL STRENGTH IN SHEAR FOR ANCHORS IN SOFFIT OF SAND-LIGHTWEIGHT AND NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE OVER STEEL DECK-' According to Steel strength in shear, lbf 2,170 3,815 5,040 4,015 6,670 4,325 Detail A concrete over steel deck (kN) (9.7) (17.0) (22.4) (17.9) (29.7) (19.2) 4-1/2-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, Vdsck. lbf 1,715 3,815 5,040 2,675 4,445 2,820 deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (7.6) (17.0) (22.4) (11.9) (19.8) (12.5) According to Steel strength in shear, lbf 3,040 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not Detail B concrete over steel deck (kN) (13.5) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable Applicable Applicable 3-7/8-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, %lbf 2,400 2,675 4,930 Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (10.6) (11.9) (21.9) Applicable 1 Applicable Applicable According to Steel strength in shear, V.lbf 2,170 2,880 Not Not Not Not Detail C concrete over steel deck ' (kN) (9.7) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable 1-3/4-inch-wide Steel strength in shear, seismic, Vsdu,eq lbf 1,715 2,880 Not Not Not Not deck flute concrete over steel deck (kN) (7.6) (12.8) Applicable Applicable Applicable Applicable Reduction factor for steel strength in shear, - 0.65 concrete over steel deck' For all design cases W,,p = 1,0. For Concrete compressive strength greater than 3,000 psi, Np4=(pullout strength value from table) (specified concrete compressive strength/2500). For all anchors n=1/2 with exception of the 3/8-inch-diameter anchor size, where n=1/3. Values for Npwi, are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'c.n, = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 0.5.2, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). Values for NPA.W are applicable for seismic loading. Shear loads for anchors installed through steel deck into concrete may be applied in any direction. Values for Vuk and Vuk.ev are for sand-lightweight concrete (f'c,,,, = 3,000 psi) and additional lightweight concrete reduction factors need not be applied. In addition, evaluation for the concrete breakout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318 D.6.2, as applicable and the pryout capacity in accordance with ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 0.6.3, as applicable, is not required for anchors installed in the deck soffit (flute). All values of 0 were determined from the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, then the appropriate value of çb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 0.4.4. Anchors shall have an axial spacing along the flute soffit equal to the greater of 3her or 1.5 times the flute width. 111111 7 w.DEWALT.com PERFORMANCE DATA Factored Design Strength (L and çtSVn) Calculated In Accordance with ACI .i 8-14 Chapter 17: 1 - Tabular values are provided for illustration and are applicable for single anchors installed in normal-weigh: concrete with minimum slab thickness, ha = hmn, and with the following conditions: - Cal is greater than or equal to the critical edge distance, cac (table values based on Cal = Ca4. - ca2 is greater than or equal to 1.5 times Cal. Calculations were performed according to ACI 318-18 Chapter 17. The load level corresponding to the controlling failure mode is listed. (e.g. For tension: steel, concrete breakout and pullout; For shear: steel, concrete breakout and pryout). Furthermore, the capacities for concrete breakout strength in tension and pryout strength in shear are calculated using the effective embedment values, h, for the selected anchots- as noted in the design information tables. Please also reference the installation specifications for more information. Strength reduction factors (0) were based on ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 for load Combinations. Condition B is assumed. Tabular values are permitted for static loads only, seismic loading is not Considered with these tables. For designs that include combined tension and shear, the interaction of tension and shear loads must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Interpolation is not permitted to be used with the tabular values. For intermediate base material compressive strengths please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For other design conditions including seismic considerations please see ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ S02 in Cracked Concrete Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) Nominal ha (la.) Minimum Concrete Compressise Strength PC = 2,500 psi f'c = 3.000 psi Embed. f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi 4)Nn Tension Ohs.) 0vn Shear Ohs.) Øn Tension ohs.) q'Vn Shear Ohs.) Olin bVn q5Nn Tension Shear Tension Ohs.) ohs.) (lbs.) Vn Øn I (bVn Shear Tension Shear Ohs.) Ohs.) Ohs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,405 1,685 1,495 1,845 1,645 1 1,885 I 2,075 1/2 2-1/2 1,565 1,685 1,710 1,845 1,975 2,13C 2,420 2,605 2,795 3,010 3-3/4 2,845 I 3,115 I _3, 95 4,435 S 5,085 S 5/8 3-7/8 3,235 4,220 3,545 4,620 4,095 5,335 5,C15 6,535 5,790 . . S ,660 3/4 41/2 4,010 I ii ! 6 5075 7,E50 ,065 0 - Anchor PulloutlPryout Strength Controls 0 - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls Tension and Shear Design Strengths for Power-Stud+ S02 in Uncracked Concrete Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Anchor Nominal t'c = 2,500 psi Embed., f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi VC = 8,000 psi Olin qVn 4)Nn I )Vn I Øn I 5Vn , 4vn I Nn 4)Vfl Diameter (In.) (in.) Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear r, Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Ohs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Ohs.) Ohs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,805 M 1,975 I!1. 2,280 14. 2,795 S 3,225 I 1/2 2-1/2 2,205 2,375 2,415 2,605 A!II 3,005 3,420 i 3945 I S 3-3/4 4,300 1 4,710 KIS 5,440 6,660 S 7,690 I 3-7/8 4,570 5,905 5,005 6,470 5,780 - . . -, 7,080 . • I 8,175 • I . - 5/8 4-7/8 6,835 • I 7,485 • S 8,645 • 1 ti;iis • I ;iis • S 4-1/2 5,665 • 6,205 • 7,165 : • 8,75 • 10,130 3/4 I I 5-3/4 1 8,720 • 9,555 • 11,030 13,510 • 15,600 0 - Anchor Pullout/Piyout Strength Controls 0 - Concrete Breakout Strength Controls • - Steel Strength Controls Factored design strengths may be converted to allowable loads using an appropriate conversion factor, of, for the controlling 191 :mbinatim. See ICC-ES ESR-2502 or contact DswALT for more information regarding the procedure to convert factored design strengths to cllowable toads. w.DEWALT.com 8 I I I I I I Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength No Anc minal oI1or :i PC = 2,500 psi f'c = 3.000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi t'c = 8,000 psi Size h- Tieuu,rso Vie,eue,w Taiu*uur,r.su Veiaoeso Vai*wa Taiaao,so Vi,ae,rse Taieetir,r Vaiovut.esu Tension Shear I Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (ibs.) (lbs.) abs.) abs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,005 1,205 1,070 1,320 1,175 1,445 1,345 1,445 1,480 1,445 2-1/2 1,120 1,205 1,220 1,320 1,410 1,520 1,730 1,860 1,995 2,150 1/2 3-3/4 2,030 2,235 2,225 2,235 2,570 2,235 3,145 2,235 3,630 2,235 3-7/8 2,310 3,015 2,530 3,300 2,925 3,810 3,580 4,670 4,135 4,720 5/8 4-7/8 3,455 4,720 3,790 4,720 4,375 4,720 5,355 4,720 6,185 4,720 4-1/2 1 2,865 5,420 3,140 1 5,855 3,625 5,855 4,440 5,855 5,125 1 5,855 3/4 5-3/4 1 3,620 5,855 3,965 1 5,855 4,580 5,855 5,605 5,855 6,475 1 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design Strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, ol: 1.2(0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4. Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ S02 in Uncracked Concrete'-' Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Anchor tUlnii Embed. Vc = 2,500 psi t'c = 3.000 psi Vc = 4,000 psi Vc = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi Size h- Taiousw Vue,su Tiowae,pw Vai,,,,are,usu Tieue,'ao Vi.utw,rso Taia,,rw Veioaew Taio,,,ru Vai,w,o ass Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear (lbs.) abs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) abs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) abs.) abs.) 3/8 2-3/8 1,290 1,445 1,410 1,445 1,630 1,445 1,995 1,445 2,305 1,445 1/2 2-1/2 1,575 1,695 1,725 1,860 1,995 2,145 2,445 2,235 2,820 2,235 3-3/4 1 3,070 2,235 3,365 2,235 3,885 2,235 4,755 2,235 1 5,495 2,235 5/8 3-7/8 3,265 4,220 3,575 4,620 4,130 4,720 5,055 4,720 5,840 4,720 4-7/8 4,880 4,720 5,345 4,720 6,175 4,720 7,005 4,720 7,005 4,720 3/4 4-1/2 4,045 5,855 4,430 5,855 5,120 5,855 6,270 5,855 7,235 5,855 5-3/4 6,230 5,855 T 6,825 1 5,855 1 7,880 5,855 1 9,650 5,855 11,145 5,855 Allowable load values are calculated using a conversion factor, o, from Factored Design strengths and conditions shown on the previous page. Tabulated allowable load values assume 50% dead load and 50% live load, with controlling load combination 1.2D + 1.6L. Calculated weighted average for the conversion factor, o:1.2)0.5) + 1.6(0.5) = 1.4. PERFORMANCE DATA Converted Allowable Loads for Power-Stud+ SD2 in Cracked Concrete',' 0 I I Ultimate and Allowable Load Capacities for Power-Stud+ S02 in Grouted Filled Concrete Masonry 2° Minimum Masonry Compressive Strength, Nominal I'm = 1,500 psi (10.4 MPa) Anchor Size Minimum Embedment Installation I I O,5) fl j_ Ulimate Allowable Uiimate Aliowabie Depth Location' Load Load Load Load (mm) (mm) Tension Tension Shear Shear ibs. ibs. ibs. ibs. (5,0I 1 I (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) 3/8 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mm. 2-1/2" Edge and 1,670 335 2,075 415 (9.5) (50.8) End Distances (7.4) (1.5) (9.2) (1.8) Face Shell 2-1/2 Wall Face/End Mm. 3" Edge and 2,295 460 1,310 260 1/2 (50.8) End Distances (10.2) (2.0) (5.8) (1.2) Permissible Anchor Locations (12,7) (Un-hatched Area / Through Face Shell) Top of Wall Mm. 1-3/4" Edge and 4" 3,320 665 1,140 230 (95.3) Edge Distances (14.8) (3.0) (5.1) (1.0) Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in minimum 6-inch wide, minimum Grade N, Type II, lightweight, medium-weight or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90. Mortar must be minimum Type N. Masonry compressive strength must be at the specified minimum at the time of installation. Allowable load capacities listed are calculated using and applied safety factor of 5.0. Consideration of safety factors of 10 or higher maybe necessary depending upon the application such as life safety. Anchor installations into grouted masonry walls are limited to one per masonry cell. 9 w.DEWALT.com I I I I I Cat No. Anchor Size Thread Length Box WY. Carton WY. WtI100 (th) ANSI Carbide Dliii Bit Cat No. Full Head Carbide SDS-Plus Carbide S US Carbide S S- ax 7413SD2 3/8 x 3" 1-3/4" 50 300 10 0W5527 0W5427 - 7414SD2 3/8" x3-1/2" 2-1/4" 50 300 12 0W5527 0W5427 - 7415SD2 3/8" x 3-3/4" 2-1/2' 50 300 13 DW5527 DW5427 - 741 6SD2 3/8" x 5" 3-3/4" 50 300 16 DW55300 0W5429 - 7422SD2 1/2' x 3-3/4" 2-1/8' 50 200 23 DW5537 DW5437 0W5803 7423SD2 1/2" x 4-1/2' 2-7/8' 50 200 28 DW5539 0W5438 0W5803 7424SD2 1/2' x 5-1/2' 3-7/8" 50 150 32 DW5539 DW5438 0W5803 7426SD2 1/2" x 7" 5-3/8" 25 100 44 0W5539 DW5438 0W5803 7427S02 1/2" x8-1/2" 6-7/8" 25 1 100 46 0W5539 0W5439 0W5804 7435SD2 5/8" x 4-3/4" 2-7/8" 25 100 52 - 0W5446 DW5806 7433S02 5/8" x 5" 3-1/8" 25 50 57 - 0W5446 0W5806 7434S02 5/8" x 6" 4-1/8" 25 75 64 - 0W5446 0W5806 7436SD2 5/8" x 7" 5-1/8" 25 75 72 - 0W5447 DW5806 7438S02 5/8" x 8-1/2" 6-5/8" 25 75 84 1 0W5447 DW5809 7442S02 3/4" x 5-1/2" 3-1/4" 20 60 88 - 0W5453 DW5810 7444SD2 3/4" x 6-1/4" 4" 20 60 90 - DW5455 DW5810 7446S02 3/4" x 7" 4-3/4" 20 60 95 - 0W5455 0W581 0 7448S02 3/4" 08-1/2" 1 6-1/4" 10 40 95 - DW5455 0W5812 The published size includes the diameter and the overall length of the anchor. All anchors are packaged with nuts and washers. Installation Accessories Cat. No. Description Box W 08280 Hand pump / dust blower 1 I ORDERING INFORMATION I ORDERING INFORMATION Power-Stud+ S02 (Carbon Steel Body with Stainless Steel Exnansion Clini I I I I I www.OEWALTcom 10 Fig. 25 - Surge Restrainer Size Range - One size fits 3/4 thru 2 pipe. Material - Pre-Galvanized Steel Function - Designed to be used in conjunction with TOLCO® Band Hangers to restrict the upward movement of piping as it occurs during sprinkler head activation or earthquake type activity. The surge restrainer is easily and efficient- ly installed by snapping into a locking position on the band hanger. This product is intended to satisfy the requirements as indicated in the National Fire Protection Association NFPA 13, 2010 edition, 9.2.3.4.4.1 and 9.2.3.4.4.4 Can be used to restrain either steel pipe or CPVC plastic Pipe. Approvals - Underwriters' Laboratories Listed gn!y when used with TOLCO band hangers Fig. 2, 2NFPA and 200, in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL). Finish - Pre-Galvanized Order By - Figure number and TOLCO band hanger, size from 3/4 thru 2. Patent #5,344,108 I - 4! ( /1 "I LISTED I OFFICE/MANUFACTURING FACILITY • 1375 SAMPSON AVE. • CORONA, CA 92879 • PH: 951.737.5599 • FAX: 951 737.0330 CUSTOMER SERVICE • 800.786.5266 www.tolco.com ®TOLCO T TL ;Specify Length T TL Thread Size Fig. B3205 - Threaded Rod (right-hand threads - both ends) (TOLCO Fig. 103) Fig. B3205L - Threaded Rod (right & left hand threads) Size Range: /8-16 thru 3-4 rod Material: Steel Function: Recommended for use as a hanger support in hanger assemblies. Rod is threaded on both ends with right hand threads of the length shown. Also available with left and right hand threads - specify Fig. B3205L when ordering. Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish Part Ers. B3205-3I x 'L' Thread ISize ' /8-16 lT. 21/2 Standard Length l (63.5) 730 Design (3.25) Load 572 (2.54) B3205-112 x 'L' 1/2 113 21/2 (63.5) 1350 (6.00) 1057 (4.70) B3205-518 x 'L' /8-11 I 2/2° (63.5) 2160 (9.61) 1692 (7.52) B3205-314 x 'L' /4-10 I 3 (76.2) 3230 (14.37) 2530 (11.25) B3205-7/8 x 'L' /8°-9 (88.9) 4480 (19.93) 3508 (15.60) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. Fig. ATR - All Threaded Rod (TOLCO Fig. 99 & Fig. 100) 1 lengths[ Figure 11 Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750'F (399*C) Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: . .. is cut to length all threaded rod. Fig. 100 is full length. & Size-, AIR 1/4" X 'L' 20 Per inch m - 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) AIR /8" x 'L' 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) AIR 1/2" X 'L' 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) AIR /" x 'L' 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) AIR 3/4" XL' 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.79) AIR I8" x 'L' 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. PP_ to COOPER B-Line I I I I I I I 1 Fig. 200-1 to 200-2 Fig. 200-21/2 to 200-8 Fig. 200F 1i1LI. 200_112 Pipe II 1/2,, Size (15) 3/811-16 Rod Size Approx. 31/8 (79.4) 2/8 (66.7) Wt.4 I ' ii 200-I4 3/4" (20) I811-16 31/8" (79.4) 21/2" (63.5) ii (5.0) 200-1 V. (25) /811-16 3/8" (85.7) 2/8" (66.7) 12 (5.5) 200-1I4 11/4" (32) I811-16 33/4 (94.0) 2/8° (73.0) 13 (5.9) 200-1I2 11/2" (40) /8"-16 3/8" (98.4) 2/8" (73.0) 14 (6.4) 200-2 2" (50) /8°-16 41/2" (114.3) 3° (76.3) 15 (6.9) 200-2I2 21/2" (65) /8"-16 5I8" (142.9) 41/8" (104.7) 27 (12.3) 200-3 3" (75) /8"-16 5I8" (149.1) 4° (101.6) 29 (13.3) 200-3I2 31/2" (90) /8"-16 7 /8" (187.3) 51/4" (133.3) 34 (15.6) 200-4 4" (100) /8"-i6 7/8" (187.3) 5" (127.0) 35 (16.0) 200-5 5" (125) 1/2"13 91/8" (231.8) 61/4" (158.7) 66 (30.2) 200-6 6" (150) 1/2"13 1 101/8" (257.2) 6/4" (171.4) 73 (33.4) 200-8 8" 1 (200) 1/2"..13 1 131/8" (333.4) 8/4" (222.2) 136 (62.3) I I I I /r i i Fig. 200S Fig. 200 - I'M mline" Adjustable Band Hanger (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONF) ®TDLCO Fig. 200F - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Felt Lining (Cooper B-Line Fig. B317ONFF) Fig. 200C - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Plastic Coated (Cooper B-Line Fig. B3170NFC) Fig. 200S - "Trimline" Adjustable Band Hanger with Non-Captured Nut I I I c@ us USTED Size Range: Fig. 200 - 1/2" (15mm) thru 8" (200mm) pipe Material: Steel, Pre-Galvanized to G90 specifications Function: For fire sprinkler and other general piping purposes. Knurled swivel nut design permits hanger adjustment after installation. Features: (1/2" (15mm) thru 2" (50mm)) Flared edges ease installation for all pipe types and protect CPVC plastic pipe from abrasion. Captured design keeps adjusting nut from separating with hanger. Hanger is easily installed around pipe. For hanger with non-captured nut order Fig. 200S. (21/2" (65mm) thru 8" (200mm)) Spring tension on nut holds it securely in hanger before installation. Adjusting nut is easily removed. Approvals: Underwriters Laboratories listed (1/2' (15mm) thru 8" (200mm)) in the USA (UL) and Canada (cUL) for steel and CPVC plastic pipe and Factory Mutual Engineering Approved (FM) (3/4" (20mm) thru 8" (200mm)). Conforms to Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E & A-A-1 192A, Type 10 and Manufacturers Standardization Society ANSI/MSS SP-69 & SP-58, Type 10. Maximum Temperature: 650°F (343°C) Finish: Pre-Galvanized. Stainless Steel materials will be supplied with (2) hex nuts in place of a knurl nut. Order By: Figure number and pipe size Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-0. Fig. 200C All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. OW COOPER B-Line 11 I B3148-1t 1/2 (15) 2/16" (61.9) 3/81-16 513/16 (147.6) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 107 (48.5) B3148-3/4 3/4" (20) 21/2' (63.5) /81'-16 515/16 (150.8) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 109 (49.4) B3148-1 1' (25) 2/" (66.7) /8'16 61/4 (158.7) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 116 (52.6) B3148-11/4 11/4 (32) 2/4" (69.8) /8"-16 611/16 (169.9) /16" (11.1) 190 (84) 126 (57.1) B3148-111 11/2 (40) 3' (76.2) /8"-16 615/16' (176.2) /16" (11.1) 190 (.84) 134 (60.8) B3148-2 2" (50) 3/16" (81.0) 3/8-16 85/16" (211.1) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 191 (86.6) B3148-21 21/2" (65) 3/16" (87.3) /a"-16 8I8" (225.4) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 209 (94.8) B3148•3 3' (80) 1 33/4" 1 (95.2) /8'-16 91/2" (241.3) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 232 (105.3) 133148-31 31/2' (90) 4" (101.6) /8"-16 101/16' (255.6) /16" (11.1) 420 (1.87) 250 (113.4) B3148-4 4" (100) 41/4' (107.9) 1/2".13 109/16' (268.3) /16" (14.3) 610 (2.71) 370 (167.8) B3148-6 6" (150) 55/16" (134.9) 1/2".13 14/8" (365.1) /16" (14.3) 870 (3.87) 650 (294.8) B3148-8 8' (200) 65/16" (160.3) 1/2.13 16/16' (417.5) /16" (14.3) 870 (3.87) 787 (357.0) B3148-1O 10" (250) 73/8" (187.3) /4"-10 211/2" (546.1) 13/16" (20.6) 925 (4.11) 1238 (561.5) B3148-12 1 12" 1 (300) 1 8/8" 1 (212.7) /4"-10 24/8" (631.8) 13/16" (20.6) 1225 (5.45) 2100 (952.5) I I I I Fig. B3148 - Offset Pipe Clamp (TOLCO Fig. 7) Size Range: 1/2" (15mm) thru 12(300mm) pipe Material: Steel Function: Recommended for support of pipe lines running at a definite distance from the wall or floor of a building or structure. Maximum Temperature: - 650°F (343°C) Finish: Plain. Contact Cooper B-Line for alterantive finishes and materials. Note: Special "B" dimensions available on request, consult factory. Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish I I I I I Design Load J Bolts and Nuts Included Bolt Size B H 2 Holes .-. .s•.. I I I I I All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. I COOPER B-Line Series 717 (21h - 3765 —80 mm) Series 717 (4— 12/100 —300 mm) I cULus L FM LPCB Vds 2750mm - up1o365pv/2517kPa - 47pto365Psi/25l7kPu up to 365psi/2517kPa up to 365 psi/25i7kPu _L - 216765mm up1o365psi/2517kPa upto365psi/2517kPa up to 365ps1/2517kPa up to 365 psi/2517kPa TC11 65psi/2517kPa up10365p5i/2517kPa upto365psi/2517kPa upto365psV2517kPa 3780mm 5spo365psL/2517kPa t up to 365 psi/2517 kPa -- up to 365ps1/2517kPa Tp to 365 pH/2517kPa 47i00rnm rVa rVa - -. n/a -. 57125mm n/a n/a rVa I mS 139.7 mm n/a n/a rVa rVa 67150 mm rVa n/a rVa n/a - 165.1 mm rVa n/a rVS mS 87200mm rVa rVa n/a- rVa /250mm rVa rVa---- ,. 12/300mm rv'a I n/a n/a rVa I Series 717H High Pressure Check Valve (2-3150— 80mm) I I Para System No. I JOB/OWNER CONTRACTOR Submitted By Location ENGINEER Spec Sect Approved I I SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB The FireLock Series 717 Check Valve and Series 717H High Pressure Check Valves are CAD- designed for hydrodynamic efficiency and available in 2750 mm - 3/80mm (Series 717H) and 21/2'/65mm - 12'/300mm (Series 717) sizes. Series 717H valves are cULus Listed and FM Approved for service up to 365 psi/2517kPa. See chart below for approved services for the Series 717 valves. In both valve designs, the single-disc mechanism incorporates a spring-assisted feature for non- slamming operation. This spring-assisted, single-disc design achieves a leak-free seal with as little as 5ff /1.5m of head. Series 717 and 717H FireLock Check Valves can be installed either vertically (flow upwards only) or horizontally. A cast flow arrow indicator is provided to assist with proper valve orientation. Both valves include upstream and downstream pressure taps. Each valve is factory-tested to the rated working pressure. For systems requiring a Riser Check option, refer to publication 10.09. Grooved ends allow fast, easy installation with just two Victaulic couplings or the valve may be mounted to flanged (ANSI CL.150) equipment using either to Victaulic Style 741 Vic-Flange® or Style 744 FireLock flange adapters on either end. I 111 I I I LI 1LCkm 7 up 1[ RM t VM 2750mm ; -- --- . rva n/a - n/a 256'/65mrn up1o250ps!/1725kPa I -- - - n/a up to 365 psi/2517kPa n/a 76.1 mm upto250psi1725kPa n/a - - up to 365 psi/2517 kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 3/80 mm -. upto250psVl725 kPa t -- n/a up to 365 psi/2517kPa up to 16bar/232 psi - 47100mm upto365psL'2517kPa upto365psL/25i7kPa upt0365ps1/25i7kPa - uptoi6bar/232psi 57125mm 1397mm up to 365psi'2517kPa upto365psV2517kPa up to 365 psV2517 kPa 365 up to 365 psi/2517kPa - - n/a up to psL/2517kPa upto365psV2517kPa up to 16bar/232 psi 67150mm up t0365pn/2517kPa J up to365psV2517kPa U 10365 psL/2517kPa up to l6bur/232p5i 165.1 mm upto365psVS5171<Pa up10365psi/25i7kPa up1o365ps5'2517kPa - n/a - 87200mm up to 365 psV2517 kPa up to 365pu/2517kPa Lop to 348 psi/2400kPa j_ up to 16bar/232 psi - 107250mm upto250psVl72SkPa up to 250psi/1725kPa up to 1725 kPa/250 psi n/a 127300mmupto250psV172SkPaIupto250p5i/1725kPaupto1725kPa/250psi n/a - I I I I I I WWW.VICTAULIC.COM VIcTAULIc IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 viclAuLic COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REV _P IIIII.Aac-ta-ulid 10.08_i IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB DIMENSIONS - Series 717 an TYPICAL 21h - 3/65 - 80MM A-* R I JLl 0,0, D~ U ½' NPT Upstream Drain (2) /2' NPT Downstream Drain 3 2" NPT (Drain Optional( TYPICAL 4- 87100 - 200MM K - ji (2½" NPT Upstream Drain (2) ½" NPT Downstream Drain TYPICAL 10- 12/250 - 300 MM DIMENSIONS - Series 717H Iuir! milli I I MA INN IN. _ J" 'S Size Dimensions- Inches/millimeters ~m T 1IkLLLLL LLJL 2½ 2.875 3.88 4.26 3.57 3.6 65 73.0 99 108 91 - - - 1.6 76.1 mm 3.000 3.88 4.26 3.57 . 36 76.1 99 _j08 91_ _i_. 1. 3 3.500 1 4.25 5.06 4.17 4.5 80 88.9 108 129 106 - - - - - 2.0 4 4.500 . 9.63 6.00 3.88 2.75 3.50 2.00 4.50 3.50 3.35 20.0 100 114.3 j 245 152 99 70 89 51 114 89 85 9.1 5 5.563 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 --- 3.98 27.0 125 141.3 267 173 114 - 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 139.7mm 5.500 10.50 6.80 4.50 4.17 2.15 5.88 4.08 I 3.98 27.0 139.7 267 173 114 - 106 55 149 104 101 12.3 6 6.625 11.50 1 8.00 5.00 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 150 168.3 292 203 127 - 114 61 169 120 t 99 17.2 1651 mm 6.500 11.50 8.00 5.00 4.50 2.38 6.67 4.73 3.89 38.0 165.1 292 203 127 - 114 61 169 120 99 17.2 8 8.625 14.00 9.88 6.06 5.05 5.65 2.15 8.85 5.65 5.75 64.0 200 219.1 356 251 154 128 144 55 225 144 146 29.0 10 10.750 17.00 12.00 7.09 5.96 6.69 2.15 10.92 6.73 ' 100.0 250 273.0 432 305 180 151 170 55 277 171 - 45.4 12 12.750 19.50 14.00 8.06 6.91 7.64 2.51 12.81 7.73 140.0 300 323.9 495 356 205 176 194 64 925 196 - 63.5 THu0 Dimensions- ll0L - i LL 2 8.66 1 6.46 3.23 1.48 3.02 2.80 4.25 10.7 60.3 219.8 1 164.1 1 82.1 1 37.5 76.7 71.0 - - 108.0 4.9 2½ 9.37 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 4.38 13.8 73 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 - - 111.3 6.3 761 mm 937 6.94 3.31 1.66 3.40 3.38 4.38 13.8 238.0 176.3 84.1 42.2 86.4 85.9 - - 111.3 6.3 3 9.62 7.44 3.53 1.91 3.65 3.38 4.63 20.0 88.9 244.3 189.0 89.7 48.5 92.7 85.9 - 117.6 1 9.1 www.viCtaulic.com - VICTAULIC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. •ctau Ii C 10.08_2 REV _P I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES 10.08 FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, grade 65-45-12. Ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-395, grade 65-45-15, is available upon special request. Body Coating: Series 717H Body: Black Paint Series 717H Endface: Electroless Nickel Series 717 (21/2 - 3'): PPS Coating Series 717 (4— 12): Black Paint Body Seat: Series 717H - Nitrile 0-ring installed into an electroless nickel plated endface Series 717 (2½ - 3"1 PPS Coated ductile iron Series 717 (4— 12"): Welded Nickel Disc Seal or Coating: Grade "1" Nitrite (Series 717H ONLY) Nitrile (Orange color code). Temperature range —20°F to +180°F/-29°C to +82°C. Recommended for petroleum products, air with oil vapors, vegetable and mineral oils within the specified temperature range; except hot, dry air over +140°F/+60°C and water over +150°F/+66°C. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR HOT WATER SERVICES. Grade "E" EPDM (Series 717 ONLY) EPDM (green color code). Temperature range -30°F to +230°F/-34°C to +110°C. Recommended for cold and hot water service within the specified temperature range plus a variety of dilute acids, oil-free air and many chemical services. NOT RECOMMENDED FOR PETROLUEM SERVICES. Services listed are General Service Recommendations only. It should be noted that there are services for which these gaskets are not recommended. Reference should always be made to the latest Victaulic Gasket Selection Guide for specific gasket service recommendations and for a listing of services which are not recommended. Discs: Series 717H (2— 3/50 - 80mm): CF8M Cast Stainless Steel Series 717 (21/2 —3"): Aluminum bronze with elastomer seal Series 717 (4— 12/100-300 mm) Elastomer-coated ductile iron Shaft: Series 717H (2— 3/50 -80 mm): Brass Series 717 (2½ —3"): Type 416 Stainless Steel Series 717 (4— 12/100 —300 mm) Type 316 Stainless Steel Spring: All sizes Type 302/403 Stainless Steel Shaft Plug: Series 717H (2— 3/50 —80 mm): Type 416 Stainless Steel Series 717 (21/2 - 12/65 - 300 mm): Carbon steel zinc plated Pipe Plug: Series 717H (2— 3/50 —80 mm): carbon steel zinc plated Series 717 (4— 12/100 — 300 mm): Carbon steel zinc plated I I www.victaulic.com vicrAuLic IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vicTAuLic COMPANY. C 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. REVP JtauIicr 10.083 I I I I I I 'Iii I I I U 1 I I I I 10.08 IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. S717H / 717HR -[ Ln LU D AA Uj Cr 0. 0.14- 10 100 FLOW RATE - G.P.M. 5717H/717HR 100.00 Ln Ln 8 10.00 1.c0 - 100 1000 FLOW RATE (Litres/Mm) 10000 www.victaulic.com tauIic° vicrAuLiC IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 vICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.08_4 REV_P I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IPS CARBON STEEL PIPE - FIRE PROTECTION VALVES FireLock® Check Valves SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB FLOW CHARACTERISTICS The charts below express the flow of water at 60°F/16°C through valve. 5717/ 717R 10 0.1 J- 10 100 1000 10000 FLOW RATE - G.P.M. 5717/717R 10.00 100 1000 10000 100000 FLOW RATE (Litres/Mm) VICTAULIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF VICTAULIC COMPANY. © 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. www.victaulic.com \%tIuIicr REV_P 1O.08_5 10.08 100000 SERIES 717 - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB SERIES 717H HIGH PRESSURE - cULus, FM, VdS, LPCB INSTALLATION Series 717 and Series 717H Check Valves can be installed either vertically (flow up only) or horizontally (with hinge on top) - making sure the flow arrow matches the flow direction through the pipeline. Reference should always be made to the 1-100 Victaulic Field Installation Handbook for the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products for complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. WARRANTY Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. NOTE This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic or to Victaulic specifications. All products to be installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without incurring obligations. For complete contact information, visit www.victaulic.com 10.08 1479 REV P UPDATED 6/2011 vIcTAuLIC IS REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF vICTAULIC COMPANY. Q 2011 VICTAULIC COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 10.08 J1tauIicr I I I I I I I I I I I I I I U I I I I FireLock® Butterfly Valve Style 705 with Weatherproof Actuator 10.81 1.0 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION Available Sizes: 2 - 12/50 —300 mm cULus Listed, LPCB Listed, FM and VdS Approved for service up to 300 psi/2068 kPa /20 bar. Designed for fire protection services only. Features a weatherproof actuator housing Approved for indoor and outdoor use. Actuation options: Hand wheel (2 - 12/50 —300 mm) Exclusively for use with pipe and Victaulic products which feature ends formed with the Victaulic Original Groove System (OGS) groove profile (see section 7.0 for Reference Materials). 2.0 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS c®uS< E LISTED 0410001 104j/04 NOTES Refer to Victaulic submittal publication 10.01 for details ALWAYS REFER TO ANY NOTIFICATIONS AT THE END OF THIS DOCUMENT REGARDING PRODUCT INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT. System No. Location Spec Section Paragraph Submitted By Date Approved Date victaulic.com 10.81 5662 Rev G updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. 1 ____-tau victaulic.com 2.1 CERTIFICATION/LISTINGS Approval/Listing Service Pressures Series 705 Butterfly Valve ______ Size cULus FM } Vds LPCB 50 up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300ps1/2068kPa 21/2 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 76.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 80 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 1 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 125 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 139.7 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 150 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 165.1 mm up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 200 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa 10 250 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 12 300 up to 300psi/2068kPa up to 300psi/2068kPa n/a up to 300psi/2068kPa 3.0 SPECIFICATIONS - MATERIAL Body: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 End Face, 2 - 6"I50 - 150 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Seal Retainer, 8 - 12"/200 - 300 mm: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Body Coating: Black alkyd enamel Disc: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, with electroless nickel coating conforming to ASTM B-733 Seat: Grade 'E" EPDM Stems: 416 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A-582 Stem Seal Cartridge: 036000 brass Bearings: Stainless steel with TFE lining Stem Seals: EPDM Stem Retaining Ring: Carbon steel Actuator: D 2 - 8/50 - 200 mm: Brass or bronze traveling nut on a steel lead screw, in a ductile iron housing 0 10— 12/250 - 300mm: Steel worm and cast iron quadrant gear, in a cast iron housing 10.81 5662 Rev G updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 2 -1 4 AC- ta uIiCr I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I victaulic.com 4.0 DIMENSIONS Style 705 E I Size Dimensions Actual Outside E to E DlA Nominal Diameter A B C D E F G H J inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 2 2.375 4.25 2.28 6.41 - - 4.00 4.22 4.50 2.12 60.3 60.3 108.0 57.9 162.8 101.6 107.2 114.3 53.8 21/2 2.875 3.77 2.28 7.54 - 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 73 73.0 95.8 57.9 191.5 - 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 761 mm 3.000 3.77 2.28 7.54 - - 4.00 4.22 4.50 1.77 76.1 95.8 57.9 191.5 101.6 107.2 114.3 45.0 3 3.500 3.77 2.53 7.79 - - 4.50 4.22 4.50 1.77 88.9 88.9 95.8 64.3 197.9 114.3 107.2 114.3 45.0 108mm 4.250 4.63 2.88 8.81 - - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 108.0 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 4 4.500 4.63 2.88 8.81 - - 5.50 4.22 4.50 2.20 114.3 114.3 117.6 73.2 223.8 139.7 107.2 114.3 55.9 133 mm 5.250 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 133.0 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 1397 mm 5.500 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 139.7 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.6 5 5.563 5.88 3.35 10.88 - - 6.56 6.19 6.30 2.58 141.3 141.3 149.4 85.1 276.4 166.6 157.2 160.0 65.5 159mm 6.250 5.88 3.84 11.38 - 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 159.0 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 65.1 mm 6.500 5.88 3.84 11.38 - 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 2.58 165.1 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 65.5 6 6.625 5.88 3.84 11.38 - 0.41 7.52 6.19 6.30 1.90 168.3 168.3 149.4 97.5 289.1 10.4 191.0 157.2 160.0 48.3 8 8.625 5.33 5.07 13.53 0.80 1.47 10.00 6.19 8.10 2.33 219.1 219.1 135.4 128.8 343.6 20.3 37.3 254.0 157.2 205.7 59.2 10 10.750 6.40 6.37 15.64 1.41 1.81 12.25 8.10 9.00 - 273 273.0 162.6 161.8 397.3 35.8 46.0 311.2 205.7 228.6 12 12.750 6.50 7.36 16.64 2.30 2.80 14.25 8.10 9.00 - 323.9 323.9 165.1 186.9 1 422.7 58.4 71.1 362.0 205.7 228.6 NOTE Optional ½/15mm tap available. Contact Victaulic for details. 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com \J3taUIicf victaulic.com 5.0 PERFORMANCE Style 705 The chart expresses the frictional resistance of Victaulic Series 705 Butterfly Valve in equivalent feet/meters of straight pipe. Nominal Outside Equivalent Size Diameter mm mm Feet/rn inches inches of pipe 2 2.375 6 50 60.3 1.8 2½ 2.875 6 65 73.0 1.8 76.1 mm 3.000 76.1 1.8 3 3.500 7 80 88.9 2.1 4 4.500 8 100 114.3 2.4 108 mm 108 mm 284 5 5.563 12 125 141.3 1 3.7 133 mm 133 mm 3.7 139.7 mm 5.500 12 3.7 6 6.625 14 150 168.3 4.2 159 mm 159 mm 14 4.3 165.1 mm 6.500 14 42 8 8.625 16 200 219.1 4.9 10 10.750 18 250 273.0 5.5 12 12.750 19 300 323.9 5.8 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 4 jtauhc victaulic.com 5.1 PERFORMANCE Style 705 Cv values for flow of water at +60°F/-i-160C through a fully open valve are shown in the table below. For additional details, contact Victaulic. Formulas for C, values Formulas for K values AP = Q2 Where: - AP = Q2 Where: C 0 = Flow (GPM) K 2 0 = Flow (m3/hr) AP = Pressure Drop (psi) AP = Pressure Drop (Bar) o = C x ç = Flow Coefficient Q = K x JAT K = Flow Coefficient I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches Cv mm mm 2 2.375 170 50 60.3 2½ 2.875 260 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 260 76.1 3 3.500 440 80 88.9 4 4.500 820 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 820 5 5.563 1200 125 141.3 133mm 133mm 1200 139.7 mm 5.500 1200 139.7 6 6.625 1800 150 168.3 159 mm 159 mm 1800 165.1 mm 6.500 1800 165.1 8 8.625 3400 200 219.1 10 10.750 5800 250 273.0 12 12.750 300 323.9 9000 Valve Size Full Open Actual Nominal Outside Size Diameter Flow Coefficient inches inches Kv mm mm 2 2.375 147 50 60.3 2½ 2.875 225 65 73.0 76.1 mm 3.000 225 76.1 3 3.500 80 88.9 380 4 4.500 710 100 114.3 108mm 108mm 710 5 5.563 1040 125 141.3 133mm 133mm 1040 139.7 mm 5.500 1040 139.7 6 6.625 1560 50 -1 168.3 159 mm 159 mm 1560 165.1 mm 6.500 1560 165.1 8 8.625 200 219.1 2940 10 10.750 5020 250 273.0 12 12.750 7790 300 323.9 J?3tauIic 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. viCtauliC.Com victaulic.com 6.0 NOTIFICATIONS A WARNING Read and understand all instructions before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Depressurize and drain the piping system before attempting to install, remove, adjust, or maintain any Victaulic piping products. Wear safety glasses, hardhat, and foot protection. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious personal injury and property damage. 7.0 REFERENCE MATERIALS Switch and Wiring The supervisory switch contains two single pole, double throw, pre-wired switches. Switches are rated: 10 amps @ 125 or 250 VAC/60 Hz 0.50 amps @ 125 VDC 0.25 amps @ 250 VDC Switches supervise the valve in the "OPEN" position. One switch has two #18 insulated wires per terminal, which permit complete supervision of leads (refer to diagrams and notes below). The second switch has one #18 insulated wire per terminal. This double circuit provides flexibility to operate two electrical devices at separate locations, such as an indicating light and an audible alarm, in the area that the valve is installed. A #14 insulated ground lead (green) is provided. Switch #1 = Si For connection to the supervisory circuit of a UL Listed alarm control panel Switch #2 = S2 Auxiliary switch that may be connected to auxiliary devices, per the authority having jurisdiction Si Normally Closed: (2) Blue Common: (2) Yellow Normally Closed: Blue with Orange Stripe S2 Normally Open: Brown with Orange Stripe Common: Yellow with Orange Stripe DL LISTED 1UNCTON BOX CONDUIT COtIDUITCOSSECTORS WIRE NUTS FIRE ALARM I / -_ TOENO-OF-LINERESISTOft CONTROL PANEL \ ORNEXTINDICATOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT COM. AVDC, CO I 52 BELL 0.0 OR HORN OR VOLTAGE SOURCE Switch 1 2 leads per tern,ina Switch 2: 1 Iced per tern,inel NOTES The above diagram shows a connection between the common terminal (yellow - Si and yellow-with-orange stripe - S2) and the normally closed terminal (blue - Si and blue-with-orange stripe - S2). In this example, the indicator light and alarm will stay on until the valve is fully open. When the valve is fully open, the indicator light and alarm will go out. Cap off any unused wires (e.g. brown with orange stripe). Only Si (two leads per terminal) may be connected to the fire alarm control panel. The connection of the alarm switch wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 and the auxiliary switch per NFPA 70 (NEC). 10.81 5662 Rev G updated 08/2016 02016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 6 \#'tauIid I victaulic.com 7.1 REFERENCE MATERIALS 10.01: Regulatory Approval Reference Guide 29.01: Terms and Conditions/Warranty 1-100: Field Installation Handbook U U U User Responsibility for Product Selection and Suitability Each user bears final responsibility for making a determination as to the suitability of Victaulic products for a particular end-use application, in accordance with industry standards and project specifications, and the applicable building codes and related regulations as well as Victaulic performance, maintenance, safety, and warning instructions. Nothing in this or any other document, nor any verbal recommendation, advice, or opinion from any Victaulic employee, shall be deemed to alter, nary, supersede, or waive any provision of Victaulic Company's standard conditions of sale, installation guide, or this disclaimer. Intellectual Property Rights No statement contained herein concerning a possible or suggested use of any material, product, service, or design is intended, or should be constructed, to grant any license under any patent or other intellectual property right of Victaulic or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates covering such use or design, or as a recommendation for the use of such material, product, service, or design in the infringement of any patentor other intellectual property right. The terms "Patented" or "Patent Pending" refer to design or utility patents or patent applications for articles and/or methods of use in the United States and/or other countries. Note This product shall be manufactured by Victaulic Sr to Victaulic specifications. All products tube installed in accordance with current Victaulic installation/assembly instructions. Victaulic reserves the right to change product specifications, designs and standard equipment without notice and without Incurring obligations. Installation Reference should always be made to the Victaulic installation handbook or installation instructions of the product you are installing. Handbooks are included with each shipment of Victaulic products, providing complete installation and assembly data, and are available in PDF format on our website at www.victaulic.com. Warranty Refer to the Warranty section of the current Price List or contact Victaulic for details. Trademarks Victaulic and all other Victaulic marks are the trademarks or registered trademarks of Victaulic Company, and/or its affiliated entities, in the U.S. and/or other countries. U I U I U U U I I I I-i I I I U 10.81 5662 Rev G Updated 08/2016 © 2016 Victaulic Company. All rights reserved. victaulic.com 7 I 4tauuicr SPECIFICATIONS ANGLE VALVES FEMALE X MALE Cast brass valve with red hand wheel, Female N.P.T. inlet x male hose thread outlet. 300 psi DOUBLE FEMALE Cast brass valve with red hand wheel. Female N.P.T. inlet and outlet. 300 psi MODEL SELECTION c®us <> LISTED APPROVED / 1-i MODEL 4065 (Shown) PRODUCT OPTIONS POTTER ROEMER VALVES /RE PRQ ANGLE HOSE VALVES V\\ Member of Morris Group International' Model/Series No. 4060-4075 SERIES VALVES Li 4060 1-1/2' Female x Male Angle Valve -4 FM Li 4065 2-1/2" Female x Male Angle Valve 1FM° Li 4065-500 2-1/2" Female x Male Angle Valve 500 psi E:J4070 1-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve lFM No- LJ 4075 2-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve .4 FM Li 4075-500 2-1/2" Double Female Angle Valve 500 psi OPTIONAL CAPS & FLANGES Li 4615 1-1/2" Cap w/ Chain Li 4625 2-1/2" Cap w/ Chain Li 4711 1-1/2" Flange 3" O.D. Cl 4712 2-1/2" Flange 6-1/4" O.D. Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or superseded data. © Copyright Potter Roemer- Fire Pro, Member of Mom's Group International " Please Visit p000erroemer.com for most current specifications. - - - - FIRE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' u,NFSA ASSOCIATION __________ (] "'1AS P E ' POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO Headquarters: Also In: P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 40604015 SERIES Date: 10/20/15 NFPA® O 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 626-8554890 www.potterroemer.com I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I FINISHES: Li -B Polished Brass Li -C Rough Chrome Plated Li -D Polished Chrome Plated THREADS: Li N.S.T. D Other VARIATIONS: D Extended Stem Up to 24" Specify D Rocker Lugs (Cap Models Only) U -GRV Grooved Inlet (4065 Only) MODEL 4060-4065 Female X Female E A - MODEL 4070-4075 MODEL 4065-GRV L IPOTTER - oerieo1 S'ROEMER VALVES 4060-4075 FIRE PREL ANGLE HOSE VALVES SERIES Member of Morris Group international- MODEL DIMENSIONS Size Closed Open A B C C D E 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 6-1/2 7-1/2 2-1/2 2 2-1/2 3-1/2 5 9-1/2 11-1/2 3-1/2 2-3/4 ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES B - S _ 1O" (Open) 9" (Closed) IF Male X Maeshr I 1 I j Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and - POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's tolerance end may change without notice. Potter Roamer- FIRE ESUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' UJNFSA ASSOCIATION Headquarters: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of voider - RO. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 superceded data. 4 Copyright Potter Roemer- Fire Pro. City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Member of Morris Group International ° Please visit potterroemer.com for most current specifications.. - - (\ "i\S P E - 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 NAFED1 O 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 40604015 SERIES Date: 10/20/15 FAX \! . .. 626-8554890 www.potterroemer.com I _____ I /P POTTER - Model/Series No. 1ROEMER VALVES 4305-4365 i FIRE PR HOSE GATE VALVES wl NON-RISING STEM SERIES (Designed for Dry Systems Only) I Member of Morris Group lnferna(ionalm SPECIFICATIONS VALVE WITH NON-RISING STEM Cast brass valve with non-rising stem, red handwheel. Female N.P.T. inlet x male hose thread outlet. Brass solid wedge disc and tapered seat. I I I MODEL SELECTION VALVES LI 4305 1-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem *4315 2-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem 4 FM *4335 3 x 2-1/2" Valve With Rising Stem J *4365 2-1/2" Valve With Non-Rising Stem and Swivel Inlet NOTE: * = U/L Listed CAPS AND FLANGES U 4615 1-1/2" Cast Brass Cap w/ Chain U 4625 2-1/2" Cast Brass Cap will Chain U 4735 3" Cast Brass Cap will Chain LI 4711 1-1/2" Cast Brass Flange w/ Set Screw 3" O.D. LI 4712 2-1/2" Cast Brass Flange will Set Screw 6-1/4" O.D. U 4713 3" Cast Brass Flange w/ Set Screw I I I Ii I I I c®uS LISTED MODEL 4315 (Shown) PRODUCT OPTIONS FINISHES: LI -B Polished Brass U -C Rough Chrome Plated U -D Polished Chrome Plated THREADS: UN.S.T. Li Other VARIATIONS: (Cap w/ Chain) Li With Rocker Lugs Call Potter Roemer - Fire Pro for current listings and POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturers tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- r FIRE EQUIPMENT MANUFaCTURERS' UJNFSA ASSOCIATION Headquaers: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or - - P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 supercaded data. © Copyright Potter Roomer- Fire Pro, r. City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547-3473 Member of Moms Group International °' Please visit pollerroemer.com for most current specifications. P E ' - 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 43054365 SERIES Date: 06/03/16 ____ . NAFEDj IF PAC '' - 0 800-366-3473 Dallas (866) 644-3473 626-855-4890 www.potterroemer.com i I I POTTER /\\\\N ROEMER VALVES 4305-4365 /D °RQ HOSE GATE VALVES wl NON-RISING STEM I 11 - 1 (Designed for Dry Systems Only) SERIES Member of Morris Group InternationaIm MODEL DIMENSIONS VALVE WITH NON-RISING STEM Model No. Size Pressure UiL Listed FM A B Approved C D E F 4305 1-1/2 200 lb. No No 5 6 7-1/2 1-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/4 4315 2-1/2 300 lb. Yes Yes 5-1/4 7-3/4 9-3/4 2 3-1/2 5-1/4 4335 3 x 2-1/2 300 lb. Yes No 5-1/4 7-3/4 1 9-3/4 1 2 1 3-1/2 5-1/4 ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES - ---- - Call Potter Roamer - Fire Pro for current listings and approvals. Dimensions are subject to manufacturer's tolerance and may change without notice. Potter Roemer- - FIRE EQUIPMENT ONFSA POTTER ROEMER/FIRE PRO Headquarters: Also in: Fire Pro assumes no responsibility for use of void or - - ASSOCIATION P.O. Box 3527 New York (800) 526-4592 sopercedad data. © Copyright Potter Roamer- Fire Pro, . City of Industry, CA Chicago (800) 547_3473 Member of Moms Group International TM Please visit potterroemer.com for most current specifications. t n r.MANUFACTURERS j°'\ P F ' NAFED O 91744 U.S.A. Atlanta (800) 762-0542 Los Angeles Area Miami (866) 961-3473 Dallas 644-3473 43054365 SERIES Date: 06/03/16 NFPAM \i . . 800-366-3473 (866) 626-8554890 www.potterroemer.com SYSTEM SENSOR- WFDN Series Waterfiow Detector The System Sensor WFDN series is compatible with schedule 7 through 40 steel pipe, for sizes 2 in. through 4 in. and compatible with schedule 10 through 40 steel pipe, sizes 5 in. through 8 in., and can be mounted in a vertical or horizontal position. Features New directional cover allows installers and inspectors to easily see the direction of flow UL-listed models are NEMA 4 rated New cover provides a better seal, is lighter weight, not painted and corrosion resistant Sealed retard mechanism immune to dust and other contaminants Less exposed metal reduces shock hazard, plastic cover acts as insulator and is resistant to arcing Visual switch activation Audible switch activation (73 dBA) Field-replaceable timer/switch assembly Accommodates up to 12 AWG wire Switch Synchronization activates both alarm panel and local bell or horn strobe Tamper-resistant cover screws Improved water sealing Reduced product weight Wire-ready terminals Improved wiring with new terminal block layout Snap-in optional cover tamper switch The new WFDN Series waterfiow detectors from System Sensor consists of a rugged, NEMA 4-rated enclosure that is more damage resistant than previous metal designs. The waterf low detector is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, with the widest available temperature range, from 32°F to 150°F They are also approved for installation on the widest range of pipe schedules, sizes 2 in. through 4 in. are approved for installation on pipe schedules 7 through 40. UL-listed models are equipped with tamper-resistant cover screws to prevent unauthorized entry. Inside, two sets of SPDT (Form C) synchronized switches are enclosed in a durable terminal block with new layout designed to make wiring easy with wire ready terminals, COM terminals are on a different elevation, large barrier between switches and easy to read raised textured lettering all make wiring easy. An optional cover tamper switch is available, securely snaps into place, no tools required. The WFDN series incorporates a mechanical time delay feature, which minimizes the risk of false alarm due to pressure surges or air trapped in the fire sprinkler system. The larger and easy to turn timer dial makes setting the waterf low detector easy with high contrast pad printed markings. The dial offers three tabs to help with turning, with one larger tab located on the dial position for approximately 60 seconds, a notch is also indicated on the dial to locate approximately 30 seconds making setting the detector in dimmly lit locations easy. Improved timer repeatability and accuracy The WFDN series is designed for accuracy and repeatability, The detector also offers improved performance during vibration in riser applications where detectors are exposed to a large in rush of water. Agency Listings @"S 0 K USA LISTED APPROVED S739 3051266 I I I [1 I I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I I I Waterfiow Detector Specifications Vane-type waterfiow detectors shall be installed on system piping as designated on the drawing and/or as specified herein. Detectors shall mount on any clear pipe span of the appropriate nominal size, either a vertical upf low or horizontal run, at least 6 in. from any fittings that may change water direction, flow rate, or pipe diameter or no closer than 24 in. from a valve or drain. Detectors shall have a sensitivity in the range of 4 to 10 gallons per minute and a static pressure rating of 450 psi for 2 in. -8 in. pipes. The detector shall respond to waterf low in the specified direction after a preset time delay that is field adjustable. The delay mechanism shall be a sealed mechanical pneumatic unit with visual and audible indication of actuation. The actuation mechanism shall include a ethylene vinyl acetate vane inserted through a hole in the pipe and connected by a mechanical linkage to the delay mechanism. Outputs shall consist of dual SPDT switches (Form C contacts). Two conduit entrances for standard fittings of commonly used electrical conduit shall be provided on the detectors. A grounding provision is provided. Unless noted, enclosures shall be NEMA 4 listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. All detectors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for indoor or outdoor use. - .- Static Pressure Rating 450 PSI Operating Temperature Range 32°F to 150°F (0°C to 66°C) Maximum Surge 18 Feet Per Second (FPS) Enclosure Rating* NEMA 4-suitable for indoor/outdoor use Triggering Threshold 4-10 GPM Cover Tamper Switch Standard with ULC models, optional for Bandwidth (Flow Rate) UL models, part no. CTS Conduit Entrances Two openings for ½ in. conduit. Service Use Automatic Sprinkler: NFPA-13 One open, one knock-out type One or Two Family Dwelling: NFPA 13D Residential Occupancies up to 4 Stories: NFPA 13R National Fire Alarm Code: NFPA-72 Contact Ratings Two sets of SPDT (Form C) Warranty 3 Years 10.0 A, ½ HP @ 125/250 VAC 2.5 A @6/12/24 VDC Compatible Pipe Steel water pipe, schedule 7 through 40° WFDN Field Wiring Diagram UL-LISTED SSM24-X COMPATIBLE NOTE: COMMON AND B-NO SSV12O-X J CONTROL PANEL CONNECTIONS WILL CLOSE WHEN VANE IS DEFLECTED, I.E., WHEN WATER IS FLOWING. DUAL POWER SWITCHES PERMIT APPLICATIONS 24VDC OR TO BE COMBINED ON SINGLE DETECTOR. 120 VAC CONTACT RATINGS + EOL 125/250 VAC 10 AMPS INITIATING [::~~SUGGEOSTED R LOOP 24VDC 2.5 AMPS S-011 I in MiN CWITCtf 0111 READY STATE A -NC SCHEMATIC OF INDIVIDUAL SWITCH IN _______ COM "NOWATERFLOW CONDITION A B-NO I BREAK WIRE AS SHOWN FOR SUPERVISION OF CONNECTION. DO NOT ALLOW STRIPPED WIRE LEADS TO EXTEND BEYOND SWITCH HOUSING. DO NOT LOOP WIRES. MODEL 101 lÀ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I r TEST II LL LL ~IZF, IN MOML 1011 I1 USA PATENT AND OTHER PATENTS PENDING U The AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011 A Matches All The Features And Benefits Of Our Model 1000 by Providing Both The Test Function And The Express Drain Function In A Multistory Installation, With The Added Feature Of An Integral Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve With Drainage Piping. U Available In A Full Range Of Sizes From 3/4" To 2", NPT & BSPT, With All Specifiable Orifice Sizes /8", 7/16 11,1 /211,17/3211,5/811 (ELO), 3/411 (ESFR), & K25. U The Model 1011 Complies With The Requirements Of NFPA 13, 13R, & 13D, Which Stipulate A Pressure Relief Valve Be Installed On All Gridded Systems And Downstream Of All Pressure Reducing Valves. U The Model 1011 A Is A Single Handle Ball Valve That Is Lightweight And Compact, Which Includes A Tamper Resistant Test Orifice, Integral Tamper Resistant Sight Glass, And Is 300 PSI Rated. U The Included UL/FM Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve Features A Flushing Handle And Is Factory Set At 175 P51 Other Pressure Settings Are Also Available. U Designed To Relieve Excess System Pressure Caused By Surges Or Temperature Changes As Well As Solve The Difficult Problem Of Providing The Relief Valve With A Drainage-Piping Outlet. U The Unit Comes Shipped In A Semi-Assembled State With The Relief Valve And The Bypass Drain Ports Plugged. This Is Done To Ease Pressure Testing The System. New ew Visit us on the Internet MATERIAL LIST PART: MATERIAL: HANDLE STEEL STEM ROD BRASS BALL C.P. BRONZE BODY BRONZE VALVE SEAT IMPREGNATED TEFLON INDICATOR PLATE STEEL RELIEF VALVE BRONZE BYPASS FITTINGS BRASS BYPASS TUBING NYLOBRAID M E4S-- iTfA-7N, D R, - A IN MODEL 1011 (UL LISTED/FM APPROVED) BRONZE BALL VALVE MODEL 7000 (UL LISTED/FM APPROVED) PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE FACTORY SET AT 175 PSI WITH OTHER SETTINGS AVAILABLE. FRONT VIEW - MODEL 1011 A PLAN VIEW From the February 1, 1999 Edition of NFPA 13: Chapter 4-1.2 Requires ALL GRIDDED SYSTEMS be provided with a relief valves Chapter 5-14.1.2.3 Requires a relief valve be installed downstream of all pressure-reducing valves ORIFICE SIZES AVAILABLE -I8, /16, L'2, 'I32, ELO(5/8)*, ESFR(3/4)', K25" DIMENSIONS - INCHES OVERALL LENGTH 1011 1011 SIZE A B C D E F G H 3/ Il 7 Ii" 1 1/211 2 /16" 3 I8" 3 I8" 1 13/1611 4 I16 6 /8" 4 191.30mm 37.58mm 55.65mm 93.23mm 85.88mm 45.30mm 117.12mm 162.42mm 1" 7 9I16" 1 1/2" 2 31,el 3 51el 3 3/811 1 13/1611 4 /16 6 I8" I 191.30mm 37.58mm 55.65mm 93.23mm 85.88mm 45.30mm 117.12mm 162.42mm 1 1/ " 4 7 15/16" 1 11/1611 2 I16" 4 1/411 3 /io" 1 15/1611 5 I16" 5 1/211 201mm 42.70mm 65.36mm 108.36mm 82.84mm 50.89mm 141.39mm 192.28mm 1 1/" 8 15/ioll 1 13/1611 3 1/411 5 1/1611 3 I8" 2 I8" 8 1/4" 10 71el i 2 226.68mm 45.50mm 81.50mm 127mm 99.18mm 66.97mm 206.63mm 273.60mm 8 15/16!' 1 13/16'! 3 1/411 5 1/1611 3 7/o" 2 I8" 8 1/411 1 0 7ih1 226.68mm 45.50mm 81.50mm 1 27 mm 99.18 mm 66.97mm 206.63mm 273.60mm *Available On 1 114"to 2' size valves only. ** Available on 1 1/2 & 2" size valves only. I UL LISTING EX4019(N) & EX4533(N) I I AGF Manufacturing Inc. JOB NAME 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 I I T: (610) 240.4900/ F: (610)240-4906 ARCHITECT: I I Email: info@testandrain.com Web:www.testandrain.com ENGINEER. MADE INU.S.A. CONTRACTOR: 0 RierPACK and TESThnDRAIN am registered trademarks of AGF 8/01 Delay Adjustment Dial ADJUSTMENT DIAL Is n Overall Dimensions, Installed 8.9 CM (3.5) PIPE DIAMETER PLUS 12.7 CM (5) U-BOLT NUT PIPE SADDLE I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I NOTE: RETARD TIME MAY EXCEED 90 SECONDS. ADJUST AND VERIFYTHATTIME DOES NOT EXCEED 90 SECONDS. NUMBER ON DIAL IS APPROXIMATE TIME DELAY IN SECONDS PIPE VANE IPE U-BOLT OVERALL WIDTH = PIPE DIAMETER + 6.4 CM (2.5) UL Model ULC Model Pipe Size [Hole Size Shipping Weights WFD2ON. WFD20:A 2 in. 1114 in. 2.6 lbs. WFD25N WFD25'A 21/2 in. 11/4 in. 2.6 lbs. WFD3ON WFD305 A 3 in. 2. n. 3.1 lbs. WFD4ON WFD40'A 4 in. 2 n. 4.0 lbs. WFD5C'N WFD50.vA . 5 in. 2 tn. 4.9 lbs. WFD6ON WFD60'A 6 in. 2 In. 5.6 lbs. WFD8CN WFD80A 8 in. 2 in. 7.3 lbs. Accessories FS-RT Delay me3hani3n aid sw[Ich assembly CTS Tamper.ptoof sw-tc. kit WFDW Tamper-poof wrenci fo., cover * 2 in. - 4 n. rated for use with S;hedLle ' t -ough4C pipe, 6 in. -8 in, raed for.use with Schedule tO through 4) pipe. T\ -SYSTEM Ohio Avenue • St. Chales, IL 60174 none: 800 SENSOR2 Fax 630 377 6L95 , SENSOR www.systemsensor.com 52414 SysteortSeossr. P05. tspecfcutunssu e tIc/lu gee houtflotC Vst ySteirlSe550000rfl or cur'ent product inforrr.aaon. including.t/re latest version ct this data sheet. WFDS36700 • 7/14